Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

a+very+common+phrase+is

  • 1 ὅπως

    ὅπως, [dialect] Ep. also and [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὅππως, [dialect] Ion. [full] ὅκως, [dialect] Dor. [full] ὁπῶς acc. to A.D.Adv.173.11: correlat. to ὡς and πῶς.
    A ADV. OF MANNER, Relat. as, in such manner as, and with interrog. force how, in what manner, rarely indef., v. infr. A. V.
    B FINAL CONJUNCTION, in such a manner that, in order that.
    A ADV. OF MANNER, how, as:
    I Relat. to ὥς or οὕτως (like ὡς), in such manner as, as:
    1 with the ordinary Constr. of the Relat.:
    a with ind.,

    ἦ τοι νόστον, ὅπως φρεσὶ σῇσι μενοινᾷς, ὥς τοι Ζεὺς τελέσειεν Od.15.111

     ;

    οὕτως ὅ... S.Tr. 330

     ;

    ὧδ' ὅ. Id.El. 1301

     ;

    οὕτως ὅ. δύνανται Th.7.67

    : sts. an analogous word replaces the antec. Adv., με τοῖον ἔθηκεν, ὅπως (for οἷον)

    ἐθέλει Od.16.208

     : freq. without any antec. expressed, ἔλθοι ὅ... ἐθέλω (sc. αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν) 14.172 ;

    ἔρξον ὅ. ἐθέλεις Il.4.37

    , Od.13.145 ;

    χρῶ ὅ. βούλει X.Cyr.8.3.46

    ; ποίει ὅ. ἄριστόν σοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ib.4.5.50 ; ὅ. ἔχω as I am, on the spot, S. Ph. 819.
    b with [tense] fut. ind., esp. after Verbs of seeing, providing, taking care.., in the manner in which, how, that,

    οἱ Περσικοὶ νόμοι ἐπιμέλονται ὅπως μὴ τοιοῦτοι ἔσονται οἱ πολῖται X.Cyr.1.2.3

    ;

    ποιέειν ὅκως μηκέτι κεῖνος ἐς Ἕλληνας ἀπίξεται Hdt.5.23

     ;

    ἐφρόντιζον ὅκως μὴ λείψομαι τῶν πρότερον γενομένων Id.7.8

    .ά, cf. Pl.Ap. 29e ;

    ἔπρασσον ὅπως τις βοήθεια ἥξει Th.3.4

     ;

    τοῦτο μηχανᾶσθαι ὅπως ἀποφεύξεται πᾶν ποιῶν θάνατον Pl.Ap. 39a

     ;

    τούτου στοχαζόμενοι, ὅπως.. ἔσονται Id.Grg. 502e

     (cf. infr.111.1 b, etc.): this [tense] fut. ind. may become opt. after a historical tense,

    ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅπως μήτε ἄσιτοι μήτε ἄποτοί ποτε ἔσοιντο X.Cyr.8.1.43

    , cf. HG7.5.3, Cyr.8.1.10, Oec.7.5, Ages.2.8 ; and ὅπως is freq. used interchangeably with such forms as δι' ὧν, ὅτῳ τρόπῳ, etc.,

    εἰσηγοῦνται μὴ δι' ὧν.. ἀσκήσουσιν, ἀλλ' ὅπως.. δόξουσι Isoc.1.4

    , cf. Th.6.11: this sense easily passes into a final sense, so that,

    τοῦτο ἀπόβαλε οὕτω ὅκως μηκέτι ἥξει Hdt.3.40

     ; οὕτω δ' (sc. ποίει)

    ὅπως μήτηρ σε μὴ 'πιγνώσεται S.El. 1296

    , cf. Ar.Ra. 905, X.Cyr.4.5.25, HG 2.4.17 ; v. infr. B.
    2 with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε ) and subj. in indefinite sentences, in whatever way, just as, however,

    ὅππως κεν ἐθέλῃσιν Il.20.243

     (but ὅπως ἐθέλῃσιν (without κε) Od.1.349, 6.189) ;

    οὕτως ὅκως ἂν καὶ δυνώμεθα Hdt.8.143

     ;

    οὕτως ὅπως ἂν αὐτοὶ βούλωνται X.Cyr.1.1.2

    , cf. IG22.1.13 (v B. C.), Pl.Phd. 116a, Smp. 174b, etc.
    b with opt. after historical tenses,

    οὕτως ὅ. τύχοιεν Th.8.95

     ;

    ὅ. βούλοιντο X.HG 2.3.13

     ; in a gnomic statement,

    εἰκῇ κράτιστον ζῆν ὅ. δύναιτό τις S. OT 979

     : when ἄν appears with the opt., it belongs to the Verb and not to ὅπως, ὅ. ἄν τις ὀνομάσαι τοῦτο however one might think fit to call it, D.13.4.
    3 a very common phrase is οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. ( οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως ) there is no way in which.., it cannot be that,

    οὐκ ἔστι ὅκως κοτὲ σοὺς δέξονται λόγους Hdt.7.102

    , cf. Ar.Pl.18, D.18.208, al.; so οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. οὐ, fieri non potest quin,

    οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. οὐ πιστὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν πτερὸν ἐξήγαγ' S.OC97

    , cf. Ar.Ach. 116, Eq. 426, Th. 882, Pl.Ap. 27e ; οὐδαμῶς ὅ. οὐ, in answer, it must positively be so, Id.Tht. 160d ; so also

    οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ' ὅ... οὐ φανῶ S.OT 1058

     ; οὐ γὰρ γένοιτ' ἄν, ταῦθ' ὅ. οὐχ ὧδ' ἔχειν (anacoluth. for ἔχει or ἕξει) Id.Aj. 378 : so in questions, ἔσθ' ὅ... ἔλθωμεν; Ar.V. 471 (v.l. -οιμεν) ; ἔστιν οὖν ὅ. ὁ τοιοῦτος φιλοσοφήσει; Pl.R. 495a, cf. Phdr. 262b, Tht. 154c : so, besides ind. of all tenses, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. may be folld. by opt. with

    ἄν, οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως μί' ἡμέρα γένοιτ' ἂν ἡμέραι δύο Ar.Nu. 1181

    , cf. V. 212, Isoc.12.156, Pl.La. 184c: by ind. with

    ἄν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν.. κατέστησαν Isoc. 15.206

    , cf. D.33.28 : ἄν is omitted in

    οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως λέξαιμι A.Ag. 620

    , cf. E.Alc.52, Ar.V. 471 (v.l. ἔλθωμεν).
    4 in Trag., etc., like ὡς in comparisons,

    κῦμ' ὅπως A.Pr. 1001

     ;

    γῄτης ὅπως S.Tr.32

    , cf. 442, 683 ;

    ὅπως δρῦν ὑλοτόμοι σχίζουσι κάρα Id.El.98

     (anap.) ; ὅπως ἁ πάνδυρτος ἀηδών ib. 1076 (lyr.), cf. Ph. 777, E.Andr. 1140 ;

    ὅκως τις καλλίης κάτω κύπτων Herod.3.41

     ; so in [dialect] Locr. Prose,

    ὅπω (ς) ξένον IG9(1).334.2

     (V B.C.).
    5 like ὡς or ὅτι, with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,

    ὅ. ἄριστα A.Ag. 600

    , IG12.44.8, etc.; ὅ. ἀνωτάτω as high up as possible, Ar. Pax 207 ; in full, οὕτως ὅ. ἥδιστα (sc. ἔχει) S.Tr. 330.
    6 with a gen. added, σοῦσθε ὅ. ποδῶν run as you are off for feet, i. e. as quick as you can, A.Supp. 837 (lyr., where however < ἔχετε> shd. prob. be added); v. infr. 111.10, ἔχω (A) B. 11.2b.
    7 sts. of Time, when,

    Τρῶες.. ὅπως ἴδον αἷμ' Ὀδυσῆος.., ἐπ' αὐτῷ πάντες ἔβησαν Il.11.459

    , cf. 12.208, Od.3.373: freq. in Hdt. with opt., whenever,

    ὅκως μὲν εἴη ἐν τῇ γῇ καρπὸς ἁδρός 1.17

    , cf. 68, 100, 162, 186, 2.13, 174, al.: in Trag. and Com., A.Pers. 198, S.El. 749, Tr. 765, Ar.Nu. 60 : with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,

    ὅ. πρῶτα

     as soon as,

    Hes.Th. 156

     ;

    ὅ. ὤκιστα Thgn.427

     ;

    ὅ. τάχιστα A.Pr. 230

    .
    8 of Place, where, dub. in Herod.3.75.
    II ὅπως is sts. used to introduce the substance of a statement, after Verbs of saying, thinking, or perceiving, that, how,

    λόγῳ ἀνάπεισον ὅκως.. Hdt.1.37

     ;

    οὐδὲ φήσω ὅκως.. Id.2.49

    , cf. 3.115, 116 ;

    τοῦτ' αὐτὸ μή μοι φράζ', ὅπως οὐκ εἶ κακός S.OT 548

    , cf. Ant. 223, Pl.Euthd. 296e ; after ἐλπίζειν, S.El. 963, E.Heracl. 1051 ; after Verbs of emotion, ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος.., ὅπως δὴ δηρὸν ἀποίχεται grief is mine, when I think how.. (i. e. that..), Od.4.109, cf. S.Ph. 169 (lyr.); after θαυμάζω freq. in [dialect] Att.,

    θαυμάζω ὅ. ποτὲ ἐπείσθησαν Ἀθηναῖοι X.Mem.1.1.20

    , cf. Pl.Cri. 43a.
    2 οὐχ ὅ... ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.. is not only not.. but.., and is expld. by an ellipsis of λέγω or ἐρῶ (cf. ὅτι IV), οὐχ ὅ. κωλυταὶ.. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ.. δύναμιν προσλαβεῖν περιόψεσθε not only will you not become.., but you will also.., Th.1.35, cf. X.HG5.4.34, D.6.9 ;

    οὐχ ὅ. ὑμῖν τῶν αὑτοῦ τι ἐπέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων πολλὰ ὑφῄρηται Lys.30.26

     ;

    οὐχ ὅ. τούτων χάριν ἀπέδοσαν, ἀλλ' ἀπολιπόντες ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων συμμαχίαν εἰσῆλθον Isoc.14.27

    , cf. D.18.131, 53.13 ;

    οὐ γὰρ ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ καὶ.. Id.21.11

     ;

    οὔκουν ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ.. X.Cyr.8.2.12

     ; also

    οὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλ' οὐδέ.., οὐχ ὅ. ἀδικοῦντες, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐπιδημοῦντες ἐφυγαδευόμεθα Id.HG2.4.14

     ;

    οὐχ ὅ. τῆς κοινῆς ἐλευθερίας μετέχομεν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ δουλείας μετρίας τυχεῖν ἠξιώθημεν Isoc.14.5

     ;

    διμοιρίαν λαμβάνων ἐν ταῖς θοίναις οὐχ ὅπως ἀμφοτέραις ἐχρῆτο, ἀλλὰ διαπέμπων οὐδετέραν αὑτῷ κατέλειπε X.Ages.5.1

     ;

    οὐχ ὅ. ζημιοῦν, ἀλλὰ μηδ' ἀτιμάζειν.. Th.3.42

     : so sts. μὴ ὅ. (where an imper. must be supplied), μὴ ὅ. ὀρχεῖσθαι ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ὀρθοῦσθαι ἐδύνασθε do not think that you could dance = so far from being able to dance, X.Cyr.1.3.10.
    b οὐχ ὅ. rarely follows another clause, to say nothing of.., let alone..,

    πεπαύμεθ' ἡμεῖς, οὐχ ὅ. σε παύσομεν S.El. 796

     ; μηδ' ἐμπίδα, οὐχ ὅπως ταῦρον ἔτι ἄρασθαι δυνάμενος.. let alone a bull, Luc.Cont.8, cf. Prom.8, Pr.Im.7, Pisc. 31.
    III in in direct questions, how, in what way or manner:
    1 with ind.,
    a

    ἔσπετε νῦν μοι ὅππως δὴ.. πῦρ ἔμπεσε νηυσίν Il.16.113

     ;

    εἴπ' ἄγε μ'.. ὅππως τούσδ' ἵππους λάβετον 10.545

     ;

    εὖ μοι κατάλεξον ὅπως ἤντησας Od.3.97

     ;

    ὅπως ἠφανίσθη οὐδὲ λόγῳ εἰκότι δύνανται ἀποφαίνειν Antipho 5.26

     ;

    Ἀλκιβιάδης ἀνήχθη.. ἐπὶ κατασκοπὴν.. τοῦ οἴκαδε κατάπλου ὅπως ἡ πόλις πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχοι X.HG1.4.11

     ;

    οὐδέ τί πω σάφα ἴδμεν ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα Il.2.252

    , etc.
    2 with deliberative subj. after Verbs of deliberation, taking care, and the like ,

    λεύσσει ὅπως ὄχ' ἄριστα.. γένηται Il.3.110

     ; ἐνόησεν (gnomic [tense] aor.)

    ὅππως κέρδος ἔῃ 10.225

     ;

    ἀλλ' ἄγεθ' ἡμεῖς οἵδε περιφραζώμεθα πάντες νόστον ὅπως ἔλθῃσι Od.1.77

    , cf. 13.365 ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως.. φῶ S.OT 1367

    , cf. Aj. 428, Lys.8.5, Pl.Men. 91d ;

    ἐπιμελητέον ὅπως τρέφωνται οἱ ἵπποι X.Eq.Mag.1.3

    , cf. Oec.7.36,37,9.14, 15.1, Pl.Grg. 515c.—Sts. the [tense] fut. and subj. are conjoined without difference of meaning,

    ἐπράττετο γὰρ.., πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως μὴ περιμείνητε.., δεύτερον δὲ ὅπως ψηφιε̄σθε.., τρίτον δὲ ὅπως μὴ ἔσται Aeschin.3.65

    , cf. X. Ages.7.7, Mem.2.2.10.—On ὅπως ἄν (κεν), v. infr. 5.
    3 with opt. after tenses of past time, τῶν ἀδῄλων ὅπως ἀποβήσοιτο ib.1.3.2, etc.: after Verbs of deliberation, being virtually orat. obliq., μερμήριξε.. Ἥρη ὅπως ἐξαπάφοιτο (orat. rect. πῶς ἐξαπάφωμαι;) Il.14.160 ;

    μερμήριζεν ὅπως ἀπολοίατο πᾶσαι νῆες Od.9.554

    , cf. 420 ;

    οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν.. ὅπως δρῶντες καλῶς πράξαιμεν S.Ant. 271

     ;

    ἐπεμελήθημεν ὅπως ἐξαλειφθείη αὐτῷ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα Lys.6.39

    , cf. 13.32, X.Cyr.6.2.11.
    4 with opt. and ἄν freq. expressing a wish, which in orat. rect. would be expressed by

    πῶς ἄν, σκόπει ὅ. ἂν ἀποθάνοιμεν ἀνδρικώτατα Ar.Eq.81

     (v.l. ἀποθάνωμεν), cf. Nu. 760 ;

    βουλευόμενοι ὅ. ἂν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν λάβοιεν τῆς Ἑλλάδος X.HG7.1.33

    , cf. Cyr.2.1.4 ; τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμελεῖται ὅ. ἂν θηρῷεν (v.l. -ῶσιν) ib.1.2.10: the opt. with ἄν and subj. sts. appear in consecutive clauses, Id.HG3.2.1.
    5 ὅπως ἄν (κεν) with the subj. is used after imper. or inf. used as imper.,

    πείρα ὅπως κεν δὴ σὴν πατρίδα γαῖαν ἵκηαι Od.4.545

    ;

    φράζεσθαι.., ὅππως κε μνηστῆρας.. κτείνῃς 1.295

    ;

    σκοπεῖτε.., ὅ. ἂν ὑμῖν πρᾶγος εὖ νικᾷ τόδε A.Supp. 233

    , etc.;

    φύλασσε.. ἔπειθ' ὅ. ἂν.. ἡ χάρις.. ἐξ ἁπλῆς διπλῆ φανῇ S.Tr. 618

    , cf. E.IA 539 : in Prose,

    ἐπιμεληθῆναι ὅ. ἂν.. X.Cyr.8.3.6

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 326a;

    μηχανᾶσθαι Id.Phdr. 239b

    , Grg. 481a, cf. Ar.Eq. 917.
    6 rarely c. inf.,

    ἐπιμελήθητε προθύμως ὅπως διπλάσια.. σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ παρασκευασθῆναι X.Cyr.4.2.37

     (v.l. -εσκευασμένα ᾖ), cf. Oec.7.29, HG6.2.32; so later ὅπως παρακολουθῆμεν ([dialect] Dor. inf.) Supp.Epigr.1.170.18 (cf. p.138, Delph., ii B. C.); ὅπως.. ἔχειν, ὅπως.. εἴργεσθαι, D.S.20.4,85;

    ὅπως πέμπιν PTeb.315.30

     (ii A. D.).
    7 after Verbs of fear and caution, ὅπως and ὅπως μή are used with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. :— the readings are freq. uncertain: the following (among others) are made certain either by the metre or the form,
    a with [tense] fut. ind.,

    δέδοιχ' ὅπως μὴ τεύξομαι Ar.Eq. 112

     ;

    παντὶ λόγῳ ἀντιτείνετε εὐλαβούμενοι ὅπως μὴ.. οἰχήσομαι Pl.Phd. 91c

     ;

    φόβος.. ἔστιν.. ὅπως μὴ αὖθις διασχισθησόμεθα Id.Smp. 193a

     : sts. the preceding Verb is omitted,

    ὅπως μὴ οὐκ.. ἔσομαι Id.Men. 77a

    .
    b with [tense] aor. subj.,

    τὴν θεὸν δ' ὅ. λάθω δέδοικα E.IT 995

    ;

    φυλάττου, ὅ. μὴ εἰς τοὐναντίον ἔλθῃς X.Mem.3.6.16

     : rarely with [tense] pres.,

    οὐ φοβεῖ ὅ. μὴ ἀνόσιον πρᾶγμα τυγχάνῃς πράττων Pl.Euthphr.4e

     : sts. the preceding Verb is omitted, with [tense] aor. subj.,

    ὅκως μή τι ὑμῖν πανώλεθρον κακὸν ἐς τὴν χώρην ἐσβάλωσι Hdt.6.85

     : with [tense] pres. subj.,

    ὅπως μὴ.. ᾖ τοῦτο Pl.Cra. 430d

    .
    c with opt. representing subj. after a historical tense, X. Mem.2.9.3.
    8 this Constr. is used in admonitions or commands: in the orig. Constr. a Verb implying caution or circumspection precedes,

    ὅρα ὅκως μή σευ ἀποστήσονται Πέρσαι Hdt.3.36

     ;

    ἄθρει.. ὅπως μὴ ἐκδύσεται Ar.V. 141

    ; τηρώμεσθ' ὅπως μὴ.. αἰσθήσεται ib. 372 : but this came to be omitted, and ὅπως or ὅπως μή with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. are exactly = the imper.,

    ἔμβα χὤπως ἀρεῖς Id.Ra. 378

     (lyr.): most freq. with [tense] fut. ind., ὅκως λόγον δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων, = δίδου λόγον, Hdt.3.142 ; ὅπως παρέσει μοι, = πάρισθι, Ar.Av. 131 ;

    ὅπως πετήσει Id. Pax77

    , cf. X.An.1.7.3, Lys.1.21, 12.50, Pl.Grg. 489a, etc.: rarely with I pers.,

    ὁποῖα κισσὸς δρυός, ὅπως τῆσδ' ἕξομαι E.Hec. 398

    , cf. Ar.Ec. 297 (lyr.): very rarely with [tense] aor. subj.,

    ὅπως μή τι ἡμᾶς σφήλῃ Pl.Euthd. 296a

     codd.;

    ὅπως μὴ.. ἐξαπατήσῃ Id.Prt. 313c

     ;

    ὅπως μὴ ποιήσητε D.4.20

     codd.—The codd. freq. vary, as between διδάξεις and

    - ξῃς Ar.Nu. 824

     ; τιμωρήσονται and

    - ωνται Th.1.56

    ; πράξομεν and - ωμεν ib.82 ; θορυβήσει and

    - σῃ D.13.14

    , etc.—Since the [tense] fut. is frequently, and the [tense] aor. (whether 1 or 2) rarely guaranteed by metre or form, the [tense] aor. 1 forms shd. prob. be rejected, both in signf. 7 and 8, in cases where codd. vary.
    9 as the echo to a preceding πῶς; in dialogue, A καὶ πῶς; B ὅπως; [do you ask] how? Ar. Eq. 128; A πῶς με χρὴ καλεῖν; B ὅπως; Id.Nu. 677, cf. Pl. 139.
    10 with a gen. (v. supr. 1.6),

    οὐκ οἶδα παιδείας ὅπως ἔχει καὶ δικαιοσύνης

     in the matter of..,

    Pl.Grg. 470e

    , cf. R. 389c.
    IV in direct questions, how? ἔπραξας ὅπως; Jul.Ep.82p.106B.-C.; cf. ὅστις.
    V indef., anyhow, τὸ οὐδ' ὅ. the expression 'not at all', Pl.Tht. 183b (v.l. οὐδ' οὕτως).
    B FINAL CONJUNCTION, that, in order that, the original notion of modality being merged in that of purpose or design, cf. ἵνα, with which it is sts. interchanged, Antipho 1.23 and 24, And.3.14, Lycurg. 119 sq.:—in early [dialect] Att. Inscrr. only ὅπως ἄν is used, IG12.39.19, al. ; ὅπως without ἄν only once in cent. iv B. C., ib.22.226.42 (343 B.C.), after which it becomes gradually prevalent:
    1 with subj.,
    a after primary tenses, or after subj. or imper.,

    τὸν δὲ μνηστῆρες.. λοχῶσιν, ὅπως ἀπὸ φῦλον ὄληται Od.14.181

    , cf. A.Ch. 873, S.Ph. 238, El. 457, X.Mem.2.10.2, etc.
    b after historical tenses (v.

    ἵνα B. 1.1b

    ), when there is no [tense] pf. form, or when the [tense] aor. represents the [tense] pf., ξυνελέγημεν ἐνθάδε, ὅ. προμελετήσωμεν we were convened, i. e. we have met in assembly, Ar.Ec. 117 ;

    παρήλθομεν.., ὅπως μὴ χεῖρον βουλεύσησθε Th.1.73

     ; also when the occurrence purposed is regarded from the point of view of the person purposing, ἦλθον πρεσβευσόμενοι, ὅπως μὴ σφίσι.. τὸ αὐτῶν [ναυτικὸν] ἐμπόδιον γένηται ib.31, cf. 57,65, etc.: sts. the opt. and subj. appear in consecutive clauses,

    φρυκτοὺς παρεσκευασμένους ἐς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅπως ἀσαφῆ τὰ σημεῖα.. ᾖ καὶ μὴ βοηθοῖεν Id.3.22

    , cf. 6.96, 7.17.
    2 with opt. after historical tenses,

    πὰρ δέ οἱ αὐτὸς ἔστη, ὅπως.. κῆρας ἀλάλκοι Il.21.548

     ; more freq. in Od., as 13.319, 14.312, 18.160, 22.472; so in S.OT 1005, OC 1305, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Pl.Ti. 77e, etc.: after historical [tense] pres.,

    πέμπει τούσδ' ὅπως κτείνοιεν A.Pers. 450

     ;

    ἡγεμόνα πέμπει ὅπως ἄγοι X.An.4.7.19

     : after opt.,

    ἔλθοι.. ὅ. γένοιτο A.Eu. 297

    , cf. S.Aj. 1221 (lyr.).
    3 with ind.,
    a of historical tenses, where the principal clause expresses an action or obligation unfulfilled,

    εἴθ' εἶχε φωνὴν ἔμφρον' ἀγγέλου δίκην, ὅ. δίφροντις οὖσα μὴ 'κινυσσόμην A.Ch. 196

    , cf. S.El. 1134: rare in Prose,

    ἐδεξάμην ἃν.. φράσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.., ὅ... προῄδετε And.2.21

     ; τίς οὐκ ἂν.. ταῦτα ἐδήλωσεν, ὅ... ταῦτα ἠλέγχθη; D.36.20;

    οὐκοῦν ἐχρῆν σε Πηγάσου ζεῦξαι πτερόν, ὅ. ἐφαίνου τοῖς θεοῖς τραγικώτερος Ar. Pax 135

    ; τί.. οὐκ ἔρριψ' ἐμαυτὴν.. ὅ. ἀπηλλάγην; A.Pr. 749.
    b of [tense] fut., θέλγει, ὅ. Ἰθάκης ἐπιλήσεται (= φραζομένη ὅπως ἐ.) Od.1.57, cf. Il.1.136 ;

    [χρὴ] ἀναβιβάζειν ἐπὶ τὸν τροχὸν τοὺς ἀπογραφέντας, ὅ. μὴ πρότερον νὺξ ἔσται And.1.43

     ;

    ἐμισθώσατο τοῦτον.., ὅ. συνερεῖ D.19.316

     : sts. [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. are conjoined,

    σιγᾶθ', ὅ. μὴ πεύσεταί τις, ὦ τέκνα, γλώσσης χάριν δὲ πάντ' ἀπαγγείλῃ τάδε A. Ch. 265

    .
    II ὅπως c. subj. is sts. used after Verbs of will and endeavour, instead of the inf.,

    λίσσεσθαι.. ὅ. νημερτέα εἴπῃ Od.3.19

     ;

    αἰτεῖσθαι ὅ. μὴ καταψηφίσησθε Antipho 1.12

     ; δεήσεται.., ὅ. δίκην μὴ δῷ ib.23 ;

    ὅ. μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἠντεβόλει Lys.1.29

     ; παρακελεύεσθε ὑμῖν

    αὐτοῖς ὅ... ἐξίητε Lycurg.127

     ( ἔξιτε Rehdantz): with

    ἄν, δεῖταί μου σφόδρα ὅπως ἂν οἰκουρῇ Ar.Ach. 1060

    , cf. Hdt.2.126, 3.44 ;

    διεκελεύετο ὅπως ἂν.. ἐγγράφωσί με Is.7.27

    ; so δεῖ σ' ὅ. δείξεις (for δεῖξαι), S.Aj. 556, may be expld. as ellipsis for δεῖ σ' ὁρᾶν (σκοπεῖν) ὅπως, cf. Id.Ph.55 ;

    δεῖ σ' ὅπως.. μηδὲν διοίσεις.. Cratin.108

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅπως

  • 2 ὁ

    ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,
    A demonstr. Pronoun.
    B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.
    C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual

    τοῖιν Od.18.34

    , al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;

    οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404

     (anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;

    τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11

     ;

    τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18

     ;

    τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e

     ;

    τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e

     ;

    τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75

     (τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,

    ταῖν Lys.19.17

    , Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem.,

    μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8

     (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)
    A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):
    I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,

    αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105

     ;

    τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186

    , cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.
    II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,

    ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12

    , al.
    III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;

    θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43

    , cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.
    IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.
    V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.
    VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,

    ὁ δέ

     the former,

    Pl.Prt. 359e

    , Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,

    ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595

     ;

    τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d

    , etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,

    ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28

    , cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;

    πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c

     ; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,

    ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6

     : sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or

    ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317

    -19, cf. 116 ;

    τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102

    , cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.
    2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g.

    τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24

     ;

    τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b

     ;

    οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a

    , etc.
    3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,

    ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41

     ;

    νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c

    , cf. Phlb. 13c.
    4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.
    5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding

    ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3

    , cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by

    ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304

     ; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;

    τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843

    , etc. ;

    ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205

     (v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;

    σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45

    , cf.

    μέν D.

     III ;

    γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d

    , cf. Tht. 181d.
    6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,

    τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491

     ;

    τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3

    , cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87

     ;

    ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6

     : this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.
    7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.
    VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,
    1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.

    ὅς A.

     II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,

    καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,

    καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61

    , al.
    2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,

    τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b

     : but mostly in acc.,

    καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;

    τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141

    , cf. 9.68 ;

    τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243

     ; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad,

    τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398

    , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;

    τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53

     ; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.
    VIII abs. usages of single cases,
    1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,

    τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12

    .
    b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;

    τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46

     ;

    δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210

     :—only poet.
    c of Manner,

    τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν

     in this way, thus,

    Od.8.510

    .
    d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without

    μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48

    .
    e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.
    2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,

    τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d

    , Sph. 230b.
    b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.
    3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),

    τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37

     ;

    τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89

     ; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.
    4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also

    τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14

     ;

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14

     ;

    τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90

     : sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,

    τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107

    ,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.
    5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.
    b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;

    ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32

    , cf. A.Eu. 462 ;

    τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59

    .
    6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,

    ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90

    , Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;

    ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71

     ;

    τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c

     : in late Prose, also with Positives,

    ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47

     codd.; with

    πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19

    , cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).
    B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,

    αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον

     the hindmost man,

    Il.11.178

     ;

    τὸν ἄριστον 17.80

     ;

    τὸν δύστηνον 22.59

     ;

    τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325

     ; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in

    τῶν ἄλλων 2.674

    , al.: with Advs.,

    τὸ πρίν 24.543

    , al.;

    τὸ πάρος περ 17.720

     ;

    τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583

     ; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;

    τὰ πρῶτα 1.6

    ,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;

    ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559

    .—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.
    I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,

    τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5

     ; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12;

    οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b

    .
    b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).
    c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.
    d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.
    2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,

    οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109

    ;

    πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242

    , etc.
    b freq. with abstract Nouns,

    ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45

    , etc.
    3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.
    4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.
    5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;

    τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148

     ; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.
    6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;

    τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b

     ;

    ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d

    , cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;

    ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8

     ;

    τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8

     : hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.
    7 before Prons.,
    a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc.,

    τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a

    ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ;

    τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a

     ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.
    b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.
    c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,

    ὁ τοιοῦτος

     that sort of person,

    X.Mem.4.2.21

    , etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,

    τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13

    .
    8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,

    πολύς 11.3

    , etc.
    9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if ἤ follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.
    II elliptic expressions:
    1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.
    2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,

    τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48

    . But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as

    τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86

     ; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.
    3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.
    4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.
    5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;

    ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52

     ; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as

    κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266

    , cf.[315] (lyr.);

    ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412

    (lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;

    τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731

    .
    C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as

    κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262

    , cf. 1.300, al. ;

    Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526

    (lyr.);

    Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86

     ; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,

    ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3

    , cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag.,

    τῆς S.OC 1258

    , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);

    τῷ S.Ph.14

     ;

    τήν Id.OC 747

    , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.

    τεῦ Il.18.192

    (s.v.l.).
    D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:
    a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.
    b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from

    ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65

    , ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from

    ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60

    , etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁ

  • 3 couramment

    couramment [kuʀamɑ̃]
    adverb
       b. ( = souvent) couramment employé commonly used
    * * *
    kuʀamɑ̃
    1) ( avec aisance) [parler, écrire] fluently
    2) ( communément) [admis, utilisé] widely
    * * *
    kuʀamɑ̃ adv
    1) (= fréquemment) commonly

    C'est une expression que l'on emploie couramment. — It's a commonly used phrase.

    2) [parler] fluently

    Elle parle couramment japonais. — She speaks Japanese fluently.

    * * *
    1 ( avec aisance) [parler, écrire] fluently; il parle couramment le russe, il parle russe couramment he speaks Russian fluently, he speaks fluent Russian;
    2 ( communément) cela se fait couramment it's very common; ça se dit couramment it's a common expression; se pratiquer couramment to be widely practisedGB; couramment admis widely ou generally accepted; couramment utilisé widely ou extensively used.
    [kuramɑ̃] adverbe
    1. [bien] fluently
    2. [souvent] commonly
    ça se dit couramment it's a common ou an everyday expression

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > couramment

  • 4 τίθημι

    τίθημι [pron. full] [τῐ], [ per.] 2sg.
    A

    τιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11

    , S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P,

    τίθης

     l), Alc.

    890

     codd. pler., corrupted to

    τιθείς Pl.R. 376e

     Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717;

    περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19

     (i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep.

    τίθησθα Od.9.404

    , 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 (

    τίθεισθα Hsch.

    ); [ per.] 3sg.

    τίθησι Il.4.83

    , al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor.

    τίθητι SIG 331.13

     (Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl.

    τιθέασι Th.5.96

    , Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.

    τιθεῖσι Il.16.262

    , Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor.

    τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10

     ([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.

    τιθεῖ Il.13.732

    , Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) (

    τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43

    ,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf.

    ἐτίθην Pl.Grg. 500b

    ;

    ἐτίθεις Id.R. 528d

    , Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.;

    ἐτίθει Il.18.541

    , al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep.

    τίθει Il.1.441

    , al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.

    τίθεσαν Od.22.456

    ;

    τίθεν Pi.P.3.65

    ;

    πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112

     (Aristarch.); late

    ἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35

    ; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper.

    τίθει Il.1.509

    , etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep.

    τιθήμεναι Il.23.83

    ;

    τιθέμεν Hes.Op. 744

    , Pi.P.1.40;

    τιθεῖν Thgn.286

    , IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written

    τιθῖν Byzantion 8.50

     (Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf.

    θησέμεναι Il.12.35

    ,

    θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58

    : [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic,

    ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d

    , 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.

    θῆκαν Il.24.795

    , etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep.

    θέσαν 12.29

    , etc.; imper.

    θές Ar.Lys. 185

    , etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion.

    θέω Sapph.12

    , ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep.

    θείω Il.16.83

    , al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl.

    θεῖμεν 12.347

    , Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT),

    προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d

    , and

    κατα-θεῖτε D.14.27

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    θεῖεν S.OC 865

    ; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.

    θέμεναι Il.2.285

    ,

    θέμεν Od.21.3

    , Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor.

    θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13

     (Rhodes, iv B.C.); part.

    θείς Il.23.254

    , etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.);

    τέθεικα PCair.Zen. 324

     (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl.

    ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202

     ([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg.

    τίθεσαι Pl.Tht. 202c

    ; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper.

    τίθεσο Ar. Pax 1039

    , Pl. Sph. 237b,

    τίθου A.Eu. 226

    , [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part.

    τιθήμενος Il.10.34

    : [tense] fut.

    θήσομαι 24.402

    , etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg.

    ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18

    ; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.

    θήκατο Il.10.31

    , Hes.Sc. 128; part.

    θηκάμενος Thgn.1150

    , Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2

    ἐθέμην Il.2.750

    , etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg.

    θέτο 10.149

    , Pi.N.10.89; imper.

    θέο Od. 10.333

    ,

    θοῦ S.OC 466

    ; subj.

    θῶμαι E.HF 486

    , etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.

    θῆαι Od. 19.403

    ; opt.

    θείμην S.Ant. 188

    , etc.; [ per.] 3sg.

    θεῖτο Od.17.225

    , A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, but

    προς-θεῖτο Id.6.12

     codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf.

    τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10

    ): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass.

    τίθεμαι SIG57.25

     (Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut.

    τεθήσομαι E.El. 1268

    , Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor.

    ἐτέθην E.HF 1245

    , Lys.31.28, etc. (

    ἐθέθην IG14.862

     (Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf.

    τεθεῖσθαι Ar.Fr. 327

     codd. (but f.l.); part.

    τεθειμένος Demad.12

    , ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense)

    ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202

     ([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.
    A in local sense, set, put, place,

    λίθον Il.21.405

    , cf. IG12.373.10, al.;

    θεμείλια Il.12.29

    ; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself,

    δίφρον 20.387

    );

    ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον

     lay down,

    IG42(1).122.31

     (Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,
    a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412;

    προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324

    ;

    χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906

    ; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion,

    ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184

    , 204;

    ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c

    :—[voice] Med.,

    ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10

    .
    b with Preps. of local sense,

    θεῖσα στέφανον ἀμφὶ βοστρύχοις E.Med. 1160

     ([voice] Med.,

    ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34

    ); ἀνά τινι or τι, as

    ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441

    ;

    ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466

    ; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, as

    εἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252

    , cf. Il.16.223, etc.;

    ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480

    ;

    πέπλον Ἀθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασι 6.92

     (v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, as

    δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644

    ;

    ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445

    : most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., as

    θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476

    ;

    τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215

    ;

    ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76

    ; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310;

    ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18

    ); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797;

    ἐς ταφάς S.Aj. 1110

     ([voice] Med.,

    ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410

    ), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.
    c in Poets also with dat. only,

    χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364

     (so in [voice] Med.,

    κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333

    ), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.
    II Special phrases:
    1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί or

    χείρεσσί τινος 6.482

    , 23.597;

    οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448

    ; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.
    2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.
    3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.
    4 set a plant, X.Oec.19.7,9.
    b lay a mosaic, PCair.Zen.665.10,15 (iii B.C.).
    5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn,

    ἐς τεῦχος οὐ διχορρόπως ψήφους ἔθεντο A.Ag. 816

    : hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123;

    σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17

    ; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass.,

    ἔστω δὴ φανερὰ ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη Pl.Lg. 855d

    : also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82;

    περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21

    : τίθεσθαι abs., vote,

    γνώμῃ S.Ph. 1448

     codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29;

    μετά τινος A.Supp. 644

     (lyr.);

    ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b

    ; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.
    6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart,

    ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732

    ; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470;

    ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121

    , al.; also

    μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145

    :—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629;

    ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν 13.121

    ; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449;

    καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89

    ;

    θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164

     (lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729;

    θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66

    .
    7 deposit, as in a bank,

    τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33

    ;

    θεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὰς τετταράκοντα μνᾶς Hyp.Ath.5

    ;

    ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451

    , cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med.,

    τὰ ἡμίσεα τῆς οὐσίης θέσθαι παρά τινα Hdt.6.86

    .ά, cf. Od.13.207;

    τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11

     (iii B.C.);

    ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898

    ;

    συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5

     (but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee,

    τοὺς θέντας ἡμᾶς ἢ καὶ τοὺς θεμένους ὑμᾶς Pl.Lg. 820e

    , cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.
    8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3;

    τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104

    ;

    τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1

    ;

    τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13

     (iii B.C.);

    τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33

     (iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med.,

    θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3

     (vi A.D.).
    10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,
    a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.
    b bear arms, fight,

    τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e

    ;

    τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10

    ;

    ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5

    , cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a;

    ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5

    .
    c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act.,

    τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a

    ).
    II lay in the grave, bury,

    ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέα 23.83

     (freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass.,

    τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138

    , cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e;

    ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51

     ([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.
    12

    τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα

     kneel down,

    Ev.Marc. 15.19

    , Ev.Luc.22.41, al.
    III set up, of the prizes in games,

    ἄεθλα Il.23.263

    , etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748;

    νικητήρια S.Fr. 537

     (so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property,

    βούλομαι ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτὸ θεῖναι Pl.Lg. 719a

    ;

    ἐς μέσον ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω Hdt.3.142

    ; so also

    τ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1

    ; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.
    2 set up in a temple, dedicate,

    ἀγάλματα Od.12.347

    ;

    τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576

    ; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).
    IV assign, award,

    τιμήν τινι Il.24.57

    ;

    ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d

    : esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., without

    ὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b

    , cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast.,

    Ἴωνα δ' αὐτὸν ὄνομα κεκλῆσθαι θήσεται E. Ion75

    .
    V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass.,

    τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425

    , Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); also

    θήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484

    ;

    κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8

    ; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [

    ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2

    , cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf.,

    καλῶς ἔθεντο ταῦτα πατέρες οἱ πάλαι E.Or. 512

    : c. dat. et inf.,

    γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057

    .
    2 [voice] Med., agree upon,

    ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1

    ,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.
    3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.
    VI establish, institute,

    ἀγῶνας A.Ag. 845

    , cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.);

    πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21

    .
    VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods,

    οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465

    , 15.180;

    ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35

    ; [

    Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2

    ; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.);

    τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26

    ; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846;

    τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913

    ; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.);

    ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521

    , cf. Andr. 737;

    τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243

    ;

    τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12

    ;

    τὰ πράγματ' ὀρθῶς ἂν τιθῇ πράξει καλῶς E.Fr. 287

    :—[voice] Med., administer for oneself,

    οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23

    ;

    ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172

     (lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.

    τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25

    ; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.;

    εὐτυχίαν τὴν παροῦσαν ἔξεστι καλῶς θέσθαι Th.4.17

    ;

    τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11

    ;

    τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236

    ;

    τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d

    ;

    τὰ ἴδια ἕκαστοι εὖ βουλόμενοι δὴ θέσθαι Th.4.59

    ;

    τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17

    ;

    εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378

    ;

    τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003

    , cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5;

    τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434

    ; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι)

    , πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.

     ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up,

    ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84

    ;

    θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31

    ; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82;

    ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11

    ;

    μεθ' ἧς τὸ νῦν παρεστὸς νεῖκος εὖ θέσθαι χρεών S. OT 633

    ;

    τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e

    ; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e;

    τὰς γενομένας συμφορὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέσθαι καλῶς And.1.140

    : abs.,

    θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350

    :—pass.,

    εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120

    .
    2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice,

    πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.

     ap. Stob.4.56.39;

    ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c

    , cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26;

    στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947

    ; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.
    B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:
    I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.;

    θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54

    ; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [

    νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163

    , cf. Il.2.319, etc.;

    ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1

    ; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.
    2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483;

    τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229

    , cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.
    b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363;

    ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88

    , cf. 11.274;

    ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17

    ;

    ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944

     (lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674;

    τ. λεῖον τὸν τραχὺν ἐχῖνον Ar. Pax 1086

    ; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.
    3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).
    b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.
    4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.);

    μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177

    ;

    τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν A.Ag. 178

     (lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.
    II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333;

    δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ' ἐγώ S.El. 1270

     (lyr.);

    τοιοῦτον θέντες τὸν δίκαιον Pl.R. 361b

    , cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c;

    εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10

    ; with

    ὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a

    , cf. Phd. 100a;

    μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193

    .
    2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.
    3 folld. by Preps.,

    τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d

    ;

    ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4

    ; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; also

    οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1

    ;

    ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3

    ;

    ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99

    ; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but

    ἐν οὐδενί BGU1816.23

     (i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani));

    ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473

    ; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876;

    ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806

    ;

    ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35

    ;

    ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148

    ; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.
    5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.
    6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.
    C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist,

    ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541

    , cf. 550, 561, 607; [

    δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394

    .
    2 make, cause, bring to pass,

    ἔργα Il.3.321

    ;

    τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547

    ;

    ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235

    ;

    ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136

    ; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers.,

    σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171

    ;

    Ἀχαιοῖς ἄλγε' ἔθηκεν 1.2

    , etc.;

    πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524

    , cf. 15.721, 16.262;

    φόως ἑτάροισιν 6

     6, etc.;

    χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99

    ;

    πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47

    ;

    εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769

    ;

    αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837

     (s. v.l.).
    3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418;

    θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241

    ; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402;

    δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο 17.158

    ; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226;

    εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422

    , etc.
    4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5;

    μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059

    ; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276;

    θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134

    ;

    περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6

     (iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τίθημι

  • 5 ex

    ex or ē (ex always before vowels, and elsewh. more freq. than e; e. g. in Cic. Rep. e occurs 19 times, but ex 61 times, before consonants—but no rule can be given for the usage; cf., e. g., ex and e together:

    qui ex corporum vinculis tamquam e carcere evolaverunt,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 14. But certain expressions have almost constantly the same form, as ex parte, ex sententia, ex senatus consulto, ex lege, ex tempore, etc.; but e regione, e re nata, e vestigio, e medio, and e republica used adverbially; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 756 sq.), praep. with abl. [kindr. with Gr. ek, ex], denotes out from the interior of a thing, in opposition to in (cf. ab and de init.), out of, from.
    I.
    In space.
    A.
    Prop.:

    interea e portu nostra navis solvitur, Ubi portu exiimus, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 54:

    quam (sphaeram) M. Marcelli avus captis Syracusis ex urbe locupletissima atque ornatissima sustulisset, cum aliud nihil ex tanta praeda domum suam deportavisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 14:

    influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,

    id. ib. 2, 19:

    visam, ecquae advenerit In portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2; cf. id. ib. 3, 2, 5;

    3, 6, 32 al.: magno de flumine malim quam ex hoc fonticulo tantundem sumere,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 56; cf.:

    nec vos de paupere mensa Dona nec e puris spernite fictilibus,

    Tib. 1, 1, 38:

    clanculum ex aedibus me edidi foras,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 9; so freq. with verbs compounded with ex; also with verbs compounded with ab and de, v. abeo, abscedo, amoveo, aveho, etc.; decedo, deduco, defero, deicio, etc.—
    2.
    In a downward direction, from, down from, from off:

    ex spelunca saxum in crura ejus incidisse,

    Cic. Fat. 3, 6; cf. Liv. 35, 21:

    picis e caelo demissum flumen,

    Lucr. 6, 257:

    equestribus proeliis saepe ex equis desiliunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 2, 3; cf.:

    cecidisse ex equo dicitur,

    Cic. Clu. 62 fin.:

    e curru trahitur,

    id. Rep. 2, 41:

    e curru desilit,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 559 et saep., v. cado, decido, decurro, deduco, delabor, elabor, etc.—
    3.
    In an upward direction, from, above:

    collis paululum ex planitie editus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8, 3:

    globum terrae eminentem e mari,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 28;

    and trop.: consilia erigendae ex tam gravi casu rei publicae,

    Liv. 6, 2.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    To indicate the country, and, in gen., the place from or out of which any person or thing comes, from:

    ex Aethiopia est usque haec,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 18:

    quod erat ex eodem municipio,

    Cic. Clu. 17, 49; cf. id. ib. 5, 11.—Freq. without a verb:

    Philocrates ex Alide,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 2, 10:

    ex Aethiopia ancillula,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 85 Ruhnk.:

    negotiator ex Africa,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5:

    Epicurei e Graecia,

    id. N. D. 1, 21, 58:

    Q. Junius ex Hispania quidam,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 27:

    ex India elephanti,

    Liv. 35, 32:

    civis Romanus e conventu Panhormitano,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54 Zumpt; cf. id. ib. 2, 5, 59 fin.:

    meretrix e proxumo,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 38; cf. id. Aul. 2, 4, 11:

    puer ex aula (sc. regis barbari),

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 7:

    ex spelunca saxum,

    Cic. Fat. 3, 6:

    saxum ex capitolio,

    Liv. 35, 21, 6:

    ex equo cadere,

    Cic. Clu. 32, 175; cf. id. Fat. 3, 6; Auct. B. Hisp. 15 et saep.—
    2.
    To indicate the place from which any thing is done or takes place, from, down from: ibi tum derepente ex alto in altum despexit mare, Enn. ap. Non. 518, 6 (for which:

    a summo caelo despicere,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 87; and:

    de vertice montis despicere,

    id. M. 11, 503); cf.:

    T. Labienus... ex loco superiore conspicatus, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:

    ex qua (villa) jam audieram fremitum clientium meorum,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 18, 3:

    ex hoc ipso loco permulta contra legem eam verba fecisti,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 17, 52; so id. ib. 8 fin.; cf.:

    judices aut e plano aut e quaesitoris tribunali admonebat,

    Suet. Tib. 33:

    ex equo, ex prora, ex puppi pugnare,

    Plin. 7, 56, 57, § 202 and 209; cf. Caes. B. G. 2, 27, 3:

    ex vinculis causam dicere,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 1; Liv. 29, 19.—Hence the adverbial expressions, ex adverso, ex diverso, ex contrario, e regione, ex parte, e vestigio, etc.; v. the words adversus, diversus, etc.—Also, ex itinere, during or on a journey, on the march, without halting, Cic. Fam. 3, 9; Sall. C. 34, 2; Liv. 35, 24; Caes. B. G. 2, 6, 1; 3, 21, 2; id. B. C. 1, 24, 4; Sall. J. 56, 3 al.; cf.

    also: ex fuga,

    during the flight, Caes. B. G. 6, 35, 6; id. B. C. 3, 95; 96 fin.; Sall. J. 54, 4 Kritz.; Liv. 6, 29; 28, 23 al.
    II.
    In time.
    A.
    From a certain point of time, i. e. immediately after, directly after, after (in this sense more freq. than ab):

    Cotta ex consulatu est profectus in Galliam,

    Cic. Brut. 92, 318; so,

    ex consulatu,

    Liv. 4, 31 Drak.; 40, 1 fin.; 22, 49; 27, 34; Vell. 2, 33, 1 al.:

    ex praetura,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 53; id. Mur. 7, 15; Caes. B. C. 1, 22, 4; 1, 31, 2:

    ex dictatura,

    Liv. 10, 5 fin.:

    ex eo magistratu,

    Vell. 2, 31 et saep.; cf.:

    Agrippa ex Asia (pro consule eam provinciam annuo imperio tenuerat) Moesiae praepositus est,

    Tac. H. 3, 46 fin.:

    statim e somno lavantur,

    id. G. 22:

    tanta repente vilitas annonae ex summa inopia et caritate rei frumentariae consecuta est,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. Liv. 21, 39:

    ex aliquo graviore actu personam deponere,

    Quint. 6, 2, 35:

    mulier ex partu si, etc.,

    Cels. 2, 8:

    ex magnis rupibus nactus planitiem,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 70, 3; cf.: ex maximo bello tantum otium totae insulae conciliavit, ut, etc., Nop. Timol. 3, 2; and:

    ex magna desperatione tandem saluti redditus,

    Just. 12, 10, 1 et saep.:

    ex quo obses Romae fuit,

    since he was a hostage in Rome, Liv. 40, 5 fin. —So the phrase, aliud ex alio, one thing after another:

    me quotidie aliud ex alio impedit,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 19 fin.; Cic. Leg. 1, 4, 14 (cf. also, alius, D.):

    aliam rem ex alia cogitare,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 2, 3:

    alia ex aliis iniquiora postulando,

    Liv. 4, 2.—So, too, diem ex die exspectabam, one day after another, from day to day, Cic. Att. 7, 26 fin.; cf.:

    diem ex die ducere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 5 (v. dies, I. A. b.).—
    2.
    With names of office or calling, to denote one who has completed his term of office, or has relinquished his vocation. So in class. Lat. very dub.;

    for the passage,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46, 4, belongs more correctly under III. B. It is, however, very common in post-class. Lat., esp. in inscriptions—ex consule, ex comite, ex duce, ex equite, ex praefecto, etc.— an ex-consul, etc. (for which, without good MS. authority, the nominatives exconsul, excomes, exdux, etc., are sometimes assumed, in analogy with proconsul, and subvillicus; cf. Schneid. Gram. 1, p. 562, note, and the authors there cited):

    vir excelsus ex quaestore et ex consule Tribonianus,

    Cod. Just. 1, 17, 2, § 9; cf.:

    Pupienus et Balbinus, ambo ex consulibus,

    Capitol. Gord. 22:

    duo ante ipsam aram a Gallicano ex consulibus et Maecenate ex ducibus interempti sunt,

    id. ib.:

    mandabat Domitiano, ex comite largitionum, praefecto, ut, etc.,

    Amm. 14, 7, 9:

    Serenianus ex duce,

    id. 14, 7, 7:

    INLVSTRIS EX PRAEFECTO praeTORIO ET EX PRAEFECTO VRbis,

    Inscr. Orell. 2355 al., v. Inscr. Orell. in Indice, p. 525.—

    And of a period of life: quem si Constans Imperator olim ex adulto jamque maturum audiret, etc.,

    i. e. who had outgrown the period of youth, and was now a man, Amm. 16, 7.—
    B.
    From and after a given time, from... onward, from, since (cf. ab, II. A. 2.):

    bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 10:

    itaque ex eo tempore res esse in vadimonium coepit,

    Cic. Quint. 5 fin.:

    nec vero usquam discedebam, nec a republica deiciebam oculos, ex eo die, quo, etc.,

    id. Phil. 1, 1:

    ex aeterno tempore,

    id. Fin. 1, 6, 17:

    ex hoc die,

    id. Rep. 1, 16:

    motum ex Metello consule civicum tractas,

    from the consulship of Metellus, Hor. C. 2, 1, 1:

    C. Pompeius Diogenes ex Kalendis Juliis cenaculum locat,

    Petr. 38, 10; so usually in forms of hiring; cf. Garaton. Cic. Phil. 2, 39, 100:

    ex ea die ad hanc diem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 12 fin.:

    memoria tenent, me ex Kalendis Januariis ad hanc horam invigilasse rei publicae,

    id. Phil. 14, 7, 20.—Esp.: ex quo (sc. tempore), since: [p. 670] octavus annus est, ex quo, etc., Tac. Agr. 33; id. A. 14, 53:

    sextus decimus dies agitur, ex quo,

    id. H. 1, 29:

    sextus mensis est, ex quo,

    Curt. 10, 6, 9; Hor. Ep. 11, 5; so,

    ex eo,

    Tac. A. 12, 7; Suet. Caes. 22:

    ex illo,

    Ov. F. 5, 670; Stat. Silv. 1, 2, 81.—
    C.
    Less freq. in specifying a future date (after which something is to be done), from, after:

    Romae vereor ne ex Kal. Jan. magni tumultus sint,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 9, 3:

    hunc judicem ex Kal. Jan. non habemus... ex Kal. Jan. non judicabunt,

    id. Verr. 1, 10:

    ex Idibus Mart.... ex Idibus Mai.,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 9.
    III.
    In other relations, and in gen. where a going out or forth, a coming or springing out of any thing is conceivable.
    A.
    With verbs of taking out, or, in gen., of taking, receiving, deriving (both physically and mentally; so of perceiving, comprehending, inquiring, learning, hoping, etc.), away from, from, out of, of:

    solem e mundo tollere videntur, qui amicitiam e vita tollunt,

    Cic. Lael. 13, 47:

    ex omni populo deligendi potestas,

    id. Agr. 2, 9, 23:

    agro ex hoste capto,

    Liv. 41, 14, 3:

    cui cum liceret majores ex otio fructus capere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4:

    ex populo Romano bona accipere,

    Sall. J. 102:

    majorem laetitiam ex desiderio bonorum percepimus, quam ex laetitia improborum dolorem,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4:

    quaesierat ex me Scipio,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    ex te requirunt,

    id. ib. 2, 38:

    de quo studeo ex te audire, quid sentias,

    id. ib. 1, 11 fin.; 1, 30; 1, 46; 2, 38; cf.:

    intellexi ex tuis litteris te ex Turannio audisse, etc.,

    id. Att. 6, 9, 3:

    ex eo cum ab ineunte ejus aetate bene speravissem,

    id. Fam. 13, 16 et saep.; cf.:

    ex aliqua re aliquid nominare,

    id. N. D. 2, 20, 51:

    vocare,

    Tac. G. 2, 4; cf. id. ib. 4, 55; Sall. J. 5, 4.—
    B.
    In specifying a multitude from which something is taken, or of which it forms a part, out of, of:

    qui ex civitate in senatum, ex senatu in hoc consilium delecti estis,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 3 fin.:

    e vectoribus sorte ductus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34:

    ecquis est ex tanto populo, qui? etc.,

    id. Rab. Post. 17:

    homo ex numero disertorum postulabat, ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 168: Q. Fulgentius, ex primo hastato (sc. ordine) legionis XIV., i. e. a soldier of the first division of hastati of the 14 th legion, Caes. B. C. 1, 46;

    v. hastatus: e barbaris ipsis nulli erant maritimi,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 4:

    unus ex illis decemviris,

    id. ib. 2, 37:

    ex omnibus seculis vix tria aut quatuor nominantur paria amicorum,

    id. Lael. 4, 15:

    aliquis ex vobis,

    id. Cael. 3, 7; id. Fam. 13, 1 fin.: id enim ei ex ovo videbatur aurum declarasse;

    reliquum, argentum,

    this of the egg, id. Div. 2, 65:

    quo e collegio (sc. decemvirorum),

    id. Rep. 2, 36:

    virgines ex sacerdotio Vestae,

    Flor. 1, 13, 12:

    alia ex hoc quaestu,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 29 Ruhnk.; cf.:

    fuit eodem ex studio vir eruditus apud patres nostros,

    Cic. Mur. 36; Ov. Am. 2, 5, 54; Sen. Ben. 3, 9; id. Ep. 52, 3:

    qui sibi detulerat ex latronibus suis principatum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 3:

    est tibi ex his, qui assunt, bella copia,

    id. Rep. 2, 40:

    Batavi non multum ex ripa, sed insulam Rheni amnis colunt,

    Tac. G. 29:

    acerrimum autem ex omnibus nostris sensibus esse sensum videndi,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 357:

    ex tribus istis modis rerum publicarum velim scire quod optimum judices,

    id. Rep. 1, 30; cf. id. ib. 1, 35 et saep.—
    2.
    Sometimes a circumlocution for the subject. gen., of (cf. de):

    has (turres) altitudo puppium ex barbaris navibus superabat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 14, 4:

    album ex ovo cum rosa mixtum,

    Cels. 4, 20:

    ex fraxino frondes, ex leguminibus paleae,

    Col. 7, 3, 21 sq. —
    C.
    To indicate the material of which any thing is made or consists, of:

    fenestrae e viminibus factae,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 9, 6; cf.:

    statua ex aere facta,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 21; and:

    ex eo auro buculam curasse faciendam,

    id. Div. 1, 24:

    substramen e palea,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 10, 4:

    pocula ex auro, vas vinarium ex una gemma pergrandi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27:

    monilia e gemmis,

    Suet. Calig. 56:

    farina ex faba,

    Cels. 5, 28:

    potiones ex absinthio,

    id. ib. et saep.:

    Ennius (i. e. statua ejus) constitutus ex marmore,

    Cic. Arch. 9 fin.; cf. id. Ac. 2, 31, 100:

    (homo) qui ex animo constet et corpore caduco et infirmo,

    id. N. D. 1, 35, 98:

    natura concreta ex pluribus naturis,

    id. ib. 3, 14; id. Rep. 1, 45; id. Ac. 1, 2, 6: cum Epicuro autem hoc est plus negotii, quod e duplici genere voluptatis conjunctus est, id. Fin. 2, 14, 44 et saep.—
    D.
    To denote technically the material, out of, i. e. with which any thing to eat or drink, etc., is mixed or prepared (esp. freq. of medical preparations):

    resinam ex melle Aegyptiam,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 28:

    quo pacto ex jure hesterno panem atrum vorent,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 17:

    bibat jejunus ex aqua castoreum,

    Cels. 3, 23:

    aqua ex lauro decocta,

    id. 4, 2; cf.:

    farina tritici ex aceto cocta,

    Plin. 22, 25, 57, § 120:

    pullum hirundinis servatum ex sale,

    Cels. 4, 4:

    nuclei pinei ex melle, panis vel elota alica ex aqua mulsa (danda est),

    id. 4, 7 et saep.—So of the mixing of colors or flavors:

    bacae e viridi rubentes,

    Plin. 15, 30, 39, § 127:

    frutex ramosus, bacis e nigro rufis,

    id. ib. §

    132: id solum e rubro lacteum traditur,

    id. 12, 14, 30, § 52:

    e viridi pallens,

    id. 37, 8, 33, § 110:

    apes ex aureolo variae,

    Col. 9, 3, 2:

    sucus ex austero dulcis,

    Plin. 13, 9, 18, § 62; 21, 8, 26, § 50:

    ex dulci acre,

    id. 11, 15, 15, § 39; cf.

    trop.: erat totus ex fraude et mendacio factus,

    Cic. Clu. 26.—
    E.
    To indicate the cause or reason of any thing, from, through, by, by reason of, on account of:

    cum esset ex aere alieno commota civitas,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 33:

    ex doctrina nobilis et clarus,

    id. Rab. Post. 9, 23:

    ex vulnere aeger,

    id. Rep. 2, 21; cf.:

    ex renibus laborare,

    id. Tusc. 2, 25:

    ex gravitate loci vulgari morbos,

    Liv. 25, 26:

    ex vino vacillantes, hesterna ex potatione oscitantes,

    Quint. 8, 33, 66:

    gravida e Pamphilo est,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 11:

    credon' tibi hoc, nunc peperisse hanc e Pamphilo?

    id. ib. 3, 2, 17:

    ex se nati,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 35:

    ex quodam conceptus,

    id. ib. 2, 21:

    ex nimia potentia principum oritur interitus principum,

    id. ib. 1, 44:

    ex hac maxima libertate tyrannis gignitur,

    id. ib. et saep.:

    ex te duplex nos afficit sollicitudo,

    Cic. Brut. 97, 332; cf.:

    quoniam tum ex me doluisti, nunc ut duplicetur tuum ex me gaudium, praestabo,

    id. Fam. 16, 21, 3:

    in spem victoriae adductus ex opportunitate loci,

    Sall. J. 48, 2:

    veritus ex anni tempore et inopia aquae, ne siti conficeretur exercitus,

    id. ib. 50, 1 et saep.:

    ex Transalpinis gentibus triumphare,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 6, 18; id. Off. 2, 8, 28; cf. id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:

    gens Fabia saepe ex opulentissima Etrusca civitate victoriam tulit,

    Liv. 2, 50:

    ex tam propinquis stativis parum tuta frumentatio erat,

    i. e. on account of the proximity of the two camps, Liv. 31, 36:

    qua ex causa cum bellum Romanis Sabini intulissent,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 7:

    hic mihi (credo equidem ex hoc, quod eramus locuti) Africanus se ostendit,

    id. ib. 6, 10:

    quod ex eo sciri potest, quia, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 18 fin.; cf. id. Leg. 1, 15, 43:

    causa... fuit ex eo, quod, etc.,

    id. Phil. 6, 1:

    ex eo fieri, ut, etc.,

    id. Lael. 13, 46:

    ex quo fit, ut, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 43:

    e quo efficitur, non ut, etc.,

    id. Fin. 2, 5, 15 et saep.—Sometimes between two substantives without a verb:

    non minor ex aqua postea quam ab hostibus clades,

    Flor. 4, 10, 8:

    ex nausea vomitus,

    Cels. 4, 5:

    ex hac clade atrox ira,

    Liv. 2, 51, 6:

    metus ex imperatore, contemptio ex barbaris,

    Tac. A. 11, 20:

    ex legato timor,

    id. Agr. 16 et saep.—
    2.
    In partic., to indicate that from which any thing derives its name, from, after, on account of:

    cui postea Africano cognomen ex virtute fuit,

    Sall. J. 5, 4; cf. Flor. 2, 6, 11:

    cui (sc. Tarquinio) cognomen Superbo ex moribus datum,

    id. 1, 7, 1:

    nomen ex vitio positum,

    Ov. F. 2, 601:

    quarum ex disparibus motionibus magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20; id. Leg. 1, 8; cf. id. Tusc. 4, 12; Plin. 11, 37, 45, § 123:

    holosteon sine duritia est, herba ex adverso appellata a Graecis,

    id. 27, 10, 65, § 91:

    quam urbem e suo nomine Romam jussit nominari,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 7:

    e nomine (nominibus),

    id. ib. 2, 20; Tac. A. 4, 55; id. G. 2; Just. 15, 4, 8; 20, 5, 9 et saep.—
    F.
    To indicate a transition, i. e. a change, alteration, from one state or condition to another, from, out of:

    si possum tranquillum facere ex irato mihi,

    Plaut. Cist. 3, 21:

    fierent juvenes subito ex infantibus parvis,

    Lucr. 1, 186:

    dii ex hominibus facti,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 10:

    ut exsistat ex rege dominus, ex optimatibus factio, ex populo turba et confusio,

    id. ib. 1, 45:

    nihil est tam miserabile quam ex beato miser,

    id. Part. 17; cf.:

    ex exsule consul,

    id. Manil. 4, 46:

    ex perpetuo annuum placuit, ex singulari duplex,

    Flor. 1, 9, 2: tua virtute nobis Romanos ex amicis amicissimos fecisti, Sall. J. 10:

    ex alto sapore excitati,

    Curt. 7, 11, 18.—
    G.
    Ex (e) re, ex usu or ex injuria, to or for the advantage or injury of any one:

    ex tua re non est, ut ego emoriar,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 102; 104; cf. Ter. Phorm. 5, 7, 76: Cervius haec inter vicinus garrit aniles Ex re fabellas, i. e. fitting, suitable, pertinent (= pro commodo, quae cum re proposita conveniant), Hor. S. 2, 6, 78:

    aliquid facere bene et e re publica,

    for the good, the safety of the state, Cic. Phil. 10, 11, 25:

    e (not ex) re publica,

    id. ib. 3, 12, 30; 8, 4, 13; id. de Or. 2, 28, 124; id. Fam. 13, 8, 2; Liv. 23, 24; Suet. Caes. 19 et saep.:

    exque re publica,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 15, 38; 5, 13, 36:

    non ex usu nostro est,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 60; Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 10; Caes. B. G. 1, 30, 2; 1, 50 fin.; 5, 6 fin. al.; cf.:

    ex utilitate,

    Plin. Pan. 67, 4; Tac. A. 15, 43:

    ex nullius injuria,

    Liv. 45, 44, 11.—
    H.
    To designate the measure or rule, according to, after, in conformity with which any thing is done:

    (majores) primum jurare EX SVI ANIMI SENTENTIA quemque voluerunt,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 47 fin. (cf. Beier, Cic. Off. 3, 29, 108, and the references):

    ex omnium sententia constitutum est, etc.,

    id. Clu. 63, 177; cf.:

    ex senatus sententia,

    id. Fam. 12, 4:

    ex collegii sententia,

    Liv. 4, 53:

    ex amicorum sententia,

    id. 40, 29:

    ex consilii sententia,

    id. 45, 29 et saep.; cf.

    also: ex sententia, i. q. ex voluntate,

    according to one's wish, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 96: Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 32; Cic. Fam. 12, 10, 2; id. Att. 5, 21 al.;

    and, in a like sense: ex mea sententia,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 1; id. Merc. 2, 3, 36:

    ex senatus consulto,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 18; Sall. C. 42 fin.:

    ex edicto, ex decreto,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 56 fin.; id. Quint. 8, 30:

    ex lege,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 5, 19; id. Clu. 37, 103; id. Inv. 1, 38, 68: ex jure, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10, 4 (Ann. v. 276 ed. Vahl.); Varr. L. L. 6, § 64 Mull.; Cic. Mur. 12, 26; id. de Or. 1, 10, 41:

    ex foedere,

    Liv. 1, 23 et saep.:

    hunccine erat aequum ex illius more, an illum ex hujus vivere?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 29; so,

    ex more,

    Sall. J. 61, 3; Verg. A. 5, 244; 8, 186; Ov. M. 14, 156; 15, 593; Plin. Ep. 3, 18; Flor. 4, 2, 79 al.; cf.:

    ex consuetudine,

    Cic. Clu. 13, 38; Caes. B. G. 1, 52, 4; 4, 32, 1; Sall. J. 71, 4; Quint. 2, 7, 1 al.:

    quod esse volunt e virtute, id est honeste vivere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 34:

    ex sua libidine moderantur,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 4; cf. Sall. C. 8, 1:

    ut magis ex animo rogare nihil possim,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 8, 3:

    eorum ex ingenio ingenium horum probant,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 42; cf. Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 118; Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, A.:

    leges ex utilitate communi, non ex scriptione, quae in litteris est, interpretari,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 38; cf. id. Lael. 6, 21:

    nemo enim illum ex trunco corporis spectabat, sed ex artificio comico aestimabat,

    id. Rosc. Com. 10, 28; cf. Sall. C. 10, 5; Caes. B. G. 3, 20, 1; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2 al.:

    ex tuis verbis meum futurum corium pulcrum praedicas,

    Plaut. Ep. 5, 1, 19; cf. Cic. Fam. 7, 17; id. Att. 1, 3:

    nunc quae scribo, scribo ex opinione hominum atque fama,

    id. Fam. 12, 4 fin.:

    scripsit Tiberio, non ut profugus aut supplex, sed ex memoria prioris fortunae,

    Tac. A. 2, 63: quamquam haec quidem res non solum ex domestica est ratione;

    attingit etiam bellicam,

    Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76; cf. id. Quint. 11; 15 et saep.—E re rata, v. ratus.—
    I.
    To form adverbial expressions, such as: ex aequo, ex commodo, ex contrario, ex composito, ex confesso, ex destinato, ex diverso, ex facili, etc., ex affluenti, ex continenti;

    ex improviso, ex inopinato, etc., v. the words aequus, commodus, etc.

    ► Ex placed after its noun: variis ex,

     Lucr.
    2, 791:

    terris ex,

    id. 6, 788:

    quibus e sumus uniter apti,

    id. 3, 839; 5, 949.—E joined with que:

    que sacra quercu,

    Verg. E. 7, 13.
    IV.
    In composition, ex (cf. dis) before vowels and h, and before c, p, q, t (exagito, exeo, exigo, exoro, exuro, exhaurio; excedo, expello, exquiro, extraho); ef (sometimes ec) before f (effero, effluo, effringo; also in good MSS. ecfero, ecfari, ecfodio), elsewhere e (eblandior, educo, egredior, eicio, eligo, emitto, enitor, evado, eveho). A few exceptions are found, viz., in ex: epoto and epotus as well as expotus, and escendo as well as exscensio; in e: exbibo as well as ebibo; exballisto, exbola; exdorsuo; exfututa as well as effutuo; exfibulo; exlex, etc. After ex in compounds s is [p. 671] often elided in MSS. and edd. Both forms are correct, but the best usage and analogy favor the retaining of the s; so, exsaevio, exsanguis, exscensio, exscindo, exscribo, exsculpo, exseco, exsecror, exsequiae, exsequor, exsero, exsicco, exsilio, exsilium, exsisto, exsolvo, exsomnis, exsorbeo, exsors, exspecto, exspes, exspiro, exspolio, exspuo, exsterno, exstimulo, exstinguo, exstirpo, exsto, exstruo, exsudo, exsugo, exsul, exsulto, exsupero, exsurgo, exsuscito, and some others, with their derivv.; cf. Ribbeck, Prol. Verg. p. 445 sq. Only in escendere and escensio is the elision of x before s sustained by preponderant usage; cf. Neue, Formenl. 2, p. 766.—
    B.
    Signification.
    1.
    Primarily and most freq. of place, out or forth: exeo, elabor, educo, evado, etc.; and in an upward direction: emineo, effervesco, effero, erigo, exsurgo, exsulto, extollo, everto, etc.—Hence also, trop., out of ( a former nature), as in effeminare, qs. to change out of his own nature into that of a woman: effero, are, to render wild; thus ex comes to denote privation or negation, Engl. un-: exanimare, excusare, enodare, exonerare, effrenare, egelidus, I., elinguis, elumbis, etc.—
    2.
    Throughout, to the end: effervesco, effero, elugeo; so in the neuter verbs which in composition (esp. since the Aug. per.) become active: egredior, enavigo, eno, enitor, excedo, etc.—Hence, thoroughly, utterly, completely: elaudare, emori, enecare, evastare, evincere (but eminari and eminatio are false readings for minari and minatio; q. v.); and hence a simple enhancing of the principal idea: edurus, efferus, elamentabilis, egelidus, exacerbo, exaugeo, excolo, edisco, elaboro, etc. In many compounds, however, of post - Aug. and especially of post-class. Latinity this force of ex is no longer distinct; so in appellations of color: exalbidus, exaluminatus, etc.; so in exabusus, exambire, exancillatus, etc. Vid. Hand Turs. II. Pp. 613-662.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ex

  • 6 sino

    sĭno, sīvi, sĭtum, 3 (sinit, as archaic subj. pres. formerly stood, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 27; Verg. Cir. 239; but in the former passage has been corrected to sierit, Fleck.; and in the latter the clause is spurious.— Perf. sii, Varr. ap. Diom. p. 371 P.:

    siit,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 24, acc. to Diom. l. l.; another old form of the perf. sini, Scaur. ap. Diom. l. l.; so, too, pluperf. sinisset, Rutil. ib.— Sync. perf. sisti, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 80: sistis, Att. ap. Cic. Sest. 57, 122.— Subj. sieris or siris, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 106; cf. Trag. Rel. p. 84 Rib.; Plaut. Bacch. 3, 2, 18; id. Ep. 3, 3, 19; id. Trin. 2, 4, 120;

    an old formula,

    Liv. 1, 32:

    sirit,

    id. 28, 28, 11; 28, 34, 24:

    siritis,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 1, 20: sirint, id. Bacch. 3, 3, 64; id. Merc. 3, 4, 28.— Pluperf. sisset, Liv. 27, 6:

    sissent,

    Cic. Sest. 19, 44; Liv. 3, 18; 35, 5, 11), v. a. [etym. dub.], orig., to let, put, lay, or set down; found so only in the P. a. situs (v. infra, P. a.), and in the compound pono (for posino, v. pono); cf. also 2. situs, I.—Hence, transf., and freq. in all styles and periods.
    I.
    In gen., to let, suffer, allow, permit, give leave (syn.: permitto, patior, tolero, fero); constr. usually with an obj.-clause, the subj., or absol., rarely with ut or an acc.
    (α).
    With obj.clause: exsulare sinitis, sistis pelli, pulsum patimini, Att. ap. Cic. Sest. 57, 122: neu reliquias sic meas sieris denudatis ossibus foede divexarier, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 106:

    quin tu itiner exsequi meum me sinis?

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 88:

    nos Transalpinas gentes oleam et vitem serere non sinimus,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 9, 16:

    non sinam tum nobis denique responderi,

    id. Verr. 1, 17, 54 B. and K.:

    praecipitem amicum ferri sinere,

    id. Lael. 24, 89:

    latrocinium in Syriam penetrare,

    id. Phil. 11, 13, 32: vinum ad se importari, * Caes. B. G. 4, 2 fin.:

    Medos equitare inultos,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 51:

    magnum corpus Crescere sinito,

    Verg. G. 3, 206; Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 11; cf.:

    Cato contionatus est, se comitia haberi non siturum,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 6, 6:

    sine sis loqui me,

    Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 50:

    sine me dum istuc judicare,

    id. Most. 5, 2, 22; so,

    sine dum petere,

    id. Truc. 2, 7, 67 et saep.— Pass.:

    vinum in dolium conditur et ibi sinitur fermentari,

    Col. 12, 17, 1:

    neque is tamen inire sinitur,

    id. 6, 37, 9:

    vitis suci gratiā exire sinitur,

    Plin. 14, 1, 3, § 16:

    hic accusare eum moderate, per senatus auctoritatem non est situs,

    Cic. Sest. 44, 95:

    sine te exorari,

    Plin. Ep. 9, 21, 3.—
    (β).
    With subj. (so for the most part only in the imper.):

    sine te exorem, sine te prendam auriculis, sine dem savium,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 163:

    sine me expurgem,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 29: Ch. At tandem dicat sine. Si. Age dicat;

    sino,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 24:

    ne duit, si non vult: sic sine astet,

    let him stand, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 54:

    sine pascat durus (captivus) aretque,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 70:

    sine vivat ineptus,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 32:

    sine sciam,

    let me know, Liv. 2, 40, 5:

    sinite abeam viva a vobis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 92:

    sinite instaurata revisam Proelia,

    Verg. A. 2, 669 et saep.— Poet. in the verb. finit: natura repugnat;

    Nec sinit incipiat,

    Ov. M. 3, 377.—
    (γ).
    Absol. (syn.: pati, ferre);

    suspende, vinci, verbera: auctor sum, sino,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 18:

    nobiscum versari jam diutius non potes: non feram, non patiar, non sinam,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 5, 10:

    domum ire cupio: at uxor non sinit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 60: Ba. Ego nolo dare te quicquam. Pi. Sine. Ba. Sino equidem, si lubet, id. Bacch. 1, 1, 66: nate, cave;

    dum resque sinit, tua corrige vota,

    Ov. M. 2, 89:

    moretur ergo in libertate sinentibus nobis,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 10 fin. —
    (δ).
    With ut:

    sivi, animum ut expleret suom,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 17:

    sinite, exorator ut sim, id. Hec. prol. alt. 2: neque sinam, ut,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 14:

    nec dii siverint, ut hoc decus demere mihi quisquam possit,

    Curt. 5, 8, 13:

    neque di sinant ut Belgarum decus istud sit,

    Tac. A. 1, 43.—
    (ε).
    With acc.:

    sinite arma viris et cedite ferro,

    leave arms to men, Verg. A. 9, 620:

    per te, vir Trojane, sine hanc animam et miserere precantis,

    id. ib. 10, 598:

    neu propius tectis taxum sine,

    id. G. 4, 47:

    serpentium multitudo nisi hieme transitum non sinit,

    Plin. 6, 14, 17, § 43:

    at id nos non sinemus,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7; cf.:

    non sinat hoc Ajax,

    Ov. M. 13, 219; 7, 174.—Sometimes the acc. is used elliptically, as in Engl., and an inf. (to be, remain, do, go, etc.) is to be supplied: Sy. Sineres vero tu illum tuum Facere haec? De. Sinerem illum! Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 42:

    dum interea sic sit, istuc actutum sino,

    I'll let that by and by go, I don't care for it, Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 68:

    me in tabernā usque adhuc sineret Syrus,

    id. Ps. 4, 7, 14: Ch. Ne labora. Me. Sine me, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 38: quisquis es, sine me, let me ( go), id. Ad. 3, 2, 23.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    In colloquial language.
    1.
    Sine, let:

    sine veniat!

    let him come! Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 1:

    insani feriant sine litora fluctus,

    Verg. E. 9, 43.—So simply sine! be it so! granted! very well! agreed, etc.:

    pulchre ludificor. Sine!

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 8, 6; id. As. 5, 2, 48; id. Aul. 3, 2, 11; id. Bacch. 4, 7, 13; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 90 al.:

    sic sine,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 4.—
    2.
    Sine modo, only let, i. e. if only:

    cur me verberas?... Patiar. Sine modo adveniat senex! Sine modo venire salvum, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 10.—So with subj.:

    sine modo venias domum,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 50 Fleck.—
    B.
    Rarely like the Greek ean, to give up, cease, leave a thing undone: Al. Vin vocem? Cl. Sine:

    nolo, si occupata est,

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 14: tum certare odiis, tum res rapuisse licebit. Nunc sinite (sc. certare, etc.), forbear, Verg A. 10, 15.—
    C.
    Ne di sirint (sinant), ne Juppiter sirit, etc., God forbid! Heaven forefend! Ch. Hoc capital facis... aequalem et sodalem liberum civem enicas. Eu. Ne di sirint, Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 28; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 64;

    for which: ne di siverint,

    id. Merc. 2, 2, 51:

    illud nec di sinant,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 2, 3:

    ne istuc Juppiter O. M. sirit, urbem, etc.,

    Liv. 28, 28, 11:

    nec me ille sierit Juppiter,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 27.—Hence, sĭtus, a, um, P. a., placed, set, lying, situate (syn. positus; freq. and class.).
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    In gen.:

    (gallinis) meridie bibere dato nec plus aqua sita siet horam unam,

    nor let the water be set before them more than an hour, Cato, R. R. 89:

    pluma Quae sita cervices circum collumque coronat,

    Lucr. 2, 802:

    (aurum) probe in latebris situm,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 2; 4, 2, 8:

    proba merx facile emptorem reperit, tametsi in abstruso sita est,

    id. Poen. 1, 2, 129:

    Romuli lituus, cum situs esset in curiā Saliorum, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 17, 30:

    in ore sita lingua est finita dentibus,

    id. N. D. 2, 59, 149:

    inter duo genua naribus sitis,

    Plin. 10, 64, 84, § 183:

    ara sub dio,

    id. 2, 107, 111, § 240:

    sitae fuere et Thespiades (statuae) ad aedem Felicitatis,

    id. 36, 5, 4, § 39 et saep.—Rarely of persons:

    quin socios, amicos procul juxtaque sitos trahunt exciduntque,

    Sall. H. 4, 61, 17 Dietsch; cf.:

    jam fratres, jam propinquos, jam longius sitos caedibus exhaustos,

    Tac. A. 12, 10:

    nobilissimi totius Britanniae eoque in ipsis penetralibus siti,

    id. Agr. 30:

    cis Rhenum sitarum gentium animos confirmavit,

    Vell. 2, 120, 1; cf.:

    gens in convallibus sita,

    Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 28.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Of places, lying, situate:

    locus in mediā insulā situs,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 48, § 106:

    in quo (sinu) sita Carthago est,

    Liv. 30, 24, 9:

    urbes in orā Graeciae,

    Nep. Alcib. 5:

    urbs ex adverso (Carthaginis),

    Plin. 5, 1, 1, § 4:

    insulae ante promunturium,

    id. 9, 59, 85, § 180:

    regio contra Parthiae tractum,

    id. 6, 16, 18, § 46 et saep.—
    b.
    Of the dead, lying, laid, buried, interred (syn. conditus):

    declarat Ennius de Africano, hic est ille situs. Vere: nam siti dicuntur hi, qui conditi sunt,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 22, 57; cf.:

    redditur terrae corpus et ita locatum ac situm quasi operimento matris obducitur,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 56: siticines appellati qui apud sitos canere soliti essent, hoc est vitā functos et sepultos, Atei. Capito ap. Gell. 20, 2:

    C. Marii sitae reliquiae,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 2, 56:

    (Aeneas) situs est... super Numicium flumen,

    Liv. 1, 2 Drak.:

    Cn. Terentium offendisse arcam, in quā Numa situs fuisset,

    Plin. 13, 13, 27, § 84.—Hence the common phrase in epitaphs:

    HIC SITVS EST, HIC SITI SVNT, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 654; 4639 sq.; Tib. 3, 2, 29.—

    Comically: noli minitari: scio crucem futuram mihi sepulcrum: Ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avus, etc.,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 20.—
    c.
    A few times in Tacitus for conditus, built, founded:

    urbem Philippopolim, a Macedone Philippo sitam circumsidunt,

    Tac. A. 3, 38 fin.; 6, 41:

    veterem aram Druso sitam disjecerant,

    id. ib. 2, 7 fin.:

    vallum duabus legionibus situm,

    id. H. 4, 22.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    In gen., placed, situated, present, ready: hoc erit tibi argumentum semper in promptu situm, Enn. ap. Gell. 2, 29, 20 (Sat. v. 37 Vahl.):

    in melle sunt linguae sitae vostrae,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 76:

    quae ceteris in artibus aut studiis sita sunt,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 15, 65:

    quas (artes) semper in te intellexi sitas,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 6:

    (voluptates) in medio sitas esse dicunt,

    within the reach of all, Cic. Tusc. 5, 33, 94.—
    2.
    In partic.: situm esse in aliquo or in aliquā re, to rest with, depend upon some one or something (a favorite figure with Cic., and found not unfreq. in other writers):

    in patris potestate est situm,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 52; cf.:

    assensio quae est in nostrā potestate sita,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 12, 37:

    hujusce rei potestas omnis in vobis sita est, judices,

    id. Mur. 39, 83; cf.:

    huic ipsi (Archiae), quantum est situm in nobis, opem ferre debemus,

    id. Arch. 1, [p. 1709] 1:

    est situm in nobis, ut, etc.,

    id. Fin. 1, 17, 57; cf.

    also: si causa appetitus non est sita in nobis, ne ipse quidem appetitus est in nostrā potestate, etc.,

    id. Fat. 17, 40:

    summam eruditionem Graeci sitam censebant in nervorum vocumque cantibus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4:

    in officio colendo sita vitae est honestas omnis et in neglegendo turpitudo,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    qui omnem vim divinam in naturā sitam esse censet,

    id. N. D. 1, 13, 35:

    cui spes omnis in fugā sita erat,

    Sall. J. 54, 8:

    in armis omnia sita,

    id. ib. 51, 4:

    in unius pernicie ejus patriae sitam putabant salutem,

    Nep. Epam. 9 et saep.:

    res omnis in incerto sita est,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4. 4:

    tu in eo sitam vitam beatam putas?

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 12, 35:

    jam si pugnandum est, quo consilio in temporibus situm est,

    id. Att. 7, 9, 4:

    laus in medio,

    Tac. Or. 18.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sino

  • 7 ἀνίημι

    ἀνίημι, ης (ἀνιεῖς, as if from ἀνιέω, dub. in Il.5.880), ησι: [tense] impf. ἀνίην, Hom. and [dialect] Att. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. εις, ει, [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.
    A

    ἀνίη SIG1

     (Abu Simbel, vi B. C., Iterat.

    ἀνίεσκε Hes.Th. 157

    ; also

    ἠνίει Hp.Epid.7.46

    ; [ per.] 1sg.

    ἀνίειν Luc.Cat.4

    : [tense] fut. ἀνήσω: [tense] pf. ἀνεῖκα: [tense] aor. 1 ἀνῆκα; [dialect] Ion. ἀνέηκα.:—the Homeric forms

    ἀνέσει Od.18.265

    , [tense] aor. opt.

    ἀνέσαιμι 14.209

    , part.

    ἀνέσαντες 13.657

     should be referred to ἀνέζω, but

    ἄνεσαν Il.21.537

     is from ἀνίημι: [tense] aor. 2, [ per.] 3pl.

    ἀνεῖσαν Th.5.32

    , imper.

    ἄνες A.Ch. 489

    , S.Ant. 1101, E.Hel. 442, subj.

    ἀνῇς A.Eu. 183

    , [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. subj.

    ἀνήη Il.2.34

    , opt. ἀνείη, inf. ἀνεῖναι, part. ἀνείς:—[voice] Pass., ἀνίεμαι: [tense] pf.

    ἀνεῖμαι Hdt.2.65

    , A.Th. 413, [ per.] 3pl. [tense] pf.

    ἀνέωνται Hdt.2.165

     (v.l. ἀνέονται), inf. ἀνἑῶσθαι (sic) Tab.Heracl.1.153: [tense] aor. part.

    ἀνεθείς Pl.R. 41c

    e: [tense] fut.

    ἀνεθήσομαι Th.8.63

    . [ ἀνῐ- [dialect] Ep., ἀνῑ- [dialect] Att.: but even Hom. has ἀνῑει, ἀνῑέμενος, and we find ἀνῐησιν in Pl.Com.153 (anap.).]: — send up or forth,

    Ζεφύροιο.. ἀήτας Ὠκεανὸς ἀνίησιν Od.4.568

    ; of Charybdis,

    τρὶς μὲν γάρ τ' ἀνίησιν.. τρὶς δ' ἀναροιβδεῖ 12.105

    ;

    ἀφρὸν ἀ.

     spew up, vomit,

    A.Eu. 183

    ;

    σταγόνας [αἵματος] ἀ. S.OT 1277

    ; of the earth, καρπὸν ἀ. make corn or fruit spring up, h.Cer.333;

    κνώδαλα A. Supp. 266

    ; also of the gods,

    ἀ. ἄροτον γῆς S.OT 270

    , etc.; so of females, produce, ib. 1405:—in [voice] Pass.,

    σπαρτῶν ἀπ' ἀνδρῶν ῥίζωμ' ἀνεῖται A.Th. 413

    : then in various relations,

    συὸς χρῆμα ἀ. S.Fr. 401

    ;

    κρήνην E.Ba. 766

    ; of a forest,

    πῦρ καὶ φλόγα Th.2.77

    ;

    πνεῦμ' ἀνεὶς ἐκ πνευμόνων E.Or. 277

    :— send up from the grave or nether world, A.Pers. 650, Ar.Ra. 1462, Phryn.Com.1 D., Pl.Cra. 403e, etc.:— [voice] Pass., ἐκ γῆς κάτωθεν ἀνίεται ὁ πλοῦτος ibid.; of fruit, Thphr.CP5.1.5.
    2 let come up, give access to,

    τινά X.HG2.4.11

    ; εἰς τὸ πεδίον ib. 7.2.12.
    II let go, from Hom. downwds. a very common sense, ἐμὲ δὲ γλυκὺς ὕπνος ἀνῆκεν, i.e. left me, Il.2.71, etc., cf. Pl.Prt. 310d: —[voice] Pass.,

    ἀνίεσθαι

     wake up,

    D.S.17.56

    ; set free,

    ἐκ στέγης ἀ. S.Ant. 1101

    ; let go unpunished,

    ἄνδρα τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν λυμαινόμενον X.HG2.3.51

    , cf. Lys.13.93; ἄνετέ μ' ἄνετε leave me alone, forbear, S.El. 229 (lyr.); of a state of mind,

    ἐμὲ δ' οὐδ' ὣς θυμὸν ἀνίει.. ὀδύνη Il. 15.24

    ;

    ὅταν μ' ἀνῇ νόσος μανίας E.Or. 227

    ;

    ὥς μιν ὁ οἶνος ἀνῆκε Hdt.1.213

    , etc.; ἀ. ἵππον to let him go (by slackening the rein), S.El. 721;

    ἵππους εἰς τάχος ἀ. X.Eq.Mag.3.2

    ;

    τῷ δήμῳ τὰς ἡνίας ἀ. Plu.Per. 11

    .
    b loosen, unfasten,

    δεσμόν Od.8.359

     (v.l. δεσμῶν)

    ; δεσμά τ' ἀνεῖσαι Call.Hec.1.2.13

    : hence, open,

    πύλας ἄνεσαν Il.21.537

    ;

    ἀ. θύρετρα E.Ba. 448

    ; ἀ. σήμαντρα break the seal, Id.IA 325:—[voice] Pass.,

    πύλαι ἀνειμέναι D.H.10.14

    .
    2 ἀ. τινί let loose at one, slip at,

    ἀ. τὰς κύνας X.Cyn.7.7

    : hence

    ἄφρονα τοῦτον ἀνέντες Il.5.761

    , cf. 880: c. acc. et inf., Διομήδεα μαργαίνειν ἀνέηκεν ib. 882: generally, set on or urge to do a thing, c. inf.,

    Μοῦσ' ἄρ' ἀοιδὸν ἀνῆκεν ἀειδέμεναι Od.8.73

    , cf. 17.425, Il.2.276, 5.422: freq. c. acc. pers. only, let loose, excite, as

    οὐδέ κε Τηλέμαχον.. ῷδ' ἀνιείης Od.2.185

    ;

    μέγας δέ σε θυμὸς ἀνῆκεν Il.7.25

    ; τοῖσιν μὲν Θρασυμήδεα δῖον ἀνῆκεν urged Thrasymedes to their aid, 17.705:—so in [voice] Pass.,

    ἅπας κίνδυνος ἀνεῖται σοφίας Ar.Nu. 955

    .
    3 ἀ. τινὰ πρός τι to let go for any purpose,

    τὸν λεὼν.. ἀνεῖναι πρὸς ἔργα τε καὶ θυσίας Hdt.2.129

    ; ἐς παιγνίην ἑωυτὸν ἀ. ib. 173;

    τὰ μικρὰ εἰς τύχην ἀνείς E.Fr. 974

     (v.l. ἀφείς)

    ; τὰ σώματα ἐπὶ ῥᾳδιουργίαν X.Cyr.7.5.75

    ; ἐὰν δ' ἀνῇς, ὕβριστον χρῆμα κἀκόλαστον [γυνή] if you leave her free, Pl.Com.98.
    4 let, allow, c. acc. et inf.,

    ἀνεῖναι αὐτοὺς ὅ τι βούλονται ποιεῖν Pl.La. 179a

    ;

    ἀ. τρίχας αὔξεσθαι Hdt.2.36

    , cf. 4.175: with inf. omitted,

    ἀνεῖσα πένθει κόμαν E. Ph. 323

    ; ἀ. στολίδος κροκόεσσαν τρυφάν ib. 1491;

    κόμας Plu.Lys.1

    : c. dat. pers. et inf., ἀνεὶς αὐτῷ θηρᾶν having given him leave to hunt, X.Cyr.4.6.3.
    5 [voice] Med., loosen, undo, c. acc., κόλπον ἀνιεμένη baring her breast, Il.22.80; αἶγας ἀνιέμενοι stripping or flaying goats, Od.2.300; so

    ἀνεῖτο λαγόνας E.El. 826

    ; so in [voice] Act., ἀνιέναι· δέρειν, Hsch.
    6 let go free, leave untilled, of ground dedicated to a god,

    τέμενος ἀνῆκεν ἅπαν Th.4.116

    ;

    ἀργὸν παντάπασι τὸ χωρίον ἀνιέντες τῷ θεῷ Plu.Publ.8

    ; generally,

    τὴν χώραν ἀ. μηλόβοτον Isoc.14.31

    ;

    ἀρούρας ἀσπόρους ἀ. Thphr.HP8.11.9

    ;

    στέλεχος ἀνειμένον

     allowed to run wild,

    LXX Ge.49.21

    :—but this sense mostly in [voice] Pass., devote oneself, give oneself up,

    ἐς τὸ ἐλεύθερον Hdt.7.103

    ; esp. of animals dedicated to a god, which are let range at large (cf. ἄνετος)

    , ἀνεῖται τὰ θηρία Id.2.65

    ; of a person devoted to the gods,

    νῦν δ' οὗτος ἀνεῖται στυγερῷ δαίμονι S.Aj. 1214

    ; of places, etc.,

    θεοῖσιν ἀ. δένδρεα Call. Cer.47

    ; ἄλσος ἀνειμένον a consecrated grove, cj. in Pl.Lg. 761c; of land,

    ἀ. εἰς νομάς PTeb.60.8

    ,72.36 (ii B.C.): hence metaph., ἀνειμένος εἴς τι devoted to a thing, wholly engaged in it, e.g.

    ἐς τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.2.167

    ; ἀνέωνται ἐς τὸ μάχιμον they are given up to military service, ib. 165; ἐς τὸ κέρδος λῆμ' ἀνειμένον given up to.., E.Heracl. 3: hence [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass. ἀνειμένος as Adj., going free, left to one's own will and pleasure, at large, S.Ant. 579, El. 516;

    ἀ. τι χρῆμα πρεσβυτῶν γένος καὶ δυσφύλακτον E.Andr. 727

    ; πέπλοι ἀνειμένοι let hang loose, ib. 598; τὸ εἰς ἀδικίαν καὶ πλεονεξίαν -μένον unrestrained propensity to.., Plu.Num.16;

    σώματα πρὸς πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀνειμένα Id.Lyc.10

    .
    7 slacken, relax, opp. ἐπιτείνω or ἐντείνω, of a bow or stringed instrument, unstring, as Hdt.3.22, cf. Pl.R. 442a, Ly. 209b, X.Mem.3.10.7, etc.; esp. of musical scales, ἁρμονίαι ἀνειμέναι, opp. σύντονοι, Arist.Pol. 1342b22, al.; ἀνειμένα Ἰαστὶ μοῦσα Pratin.Lyr.5: metaph.,

    ὀργῆς ὀλίγον τὸν κόλλοπ' ἀ. Ar.V. 574

    , cf. Pherecr.145.4, Pl.R. 410e;

    πολιτεῖαι ἀνειμέναι καὶ μαλακαί Arist.Pol. 1290a28

    ;

    τοῖς γηράσκουσι ἀνίεται ἡ συντονία GA 787b13

    ; ἀνειμένη τάσις the grave accent, Sch.D.T.p.130H.;

    οἱ πάγοι τὰς φλόγας ἀ.

     temper,

    Arist. Mu. 397b2

    : hence,
    b remit, neglect, give up,

    στέρνων ἀραγμούς S.OC 1608

    ;

    φυλακὰς ἀνῆκα E.Supp. 1042

    ; φυλακήν, ἄσκησιν, etc., Th.4.27, X.Cyr.7.5.70, etc.; ἀ. θάνατόν τινι to remit sentence of death to one, let one live, E.Andr. 531;

    ἔχθρας, κολάσεις τισί Plu.2.536a

    ; ἀ. τὰ χρέα, τὰς καταδίκας, Id.Sol.15, D.C.64.8, cf. 72.2; ἄνες λόγον speak more mildly, E.Hel. 442; so

    ἀ. τινὸς ἔχθραν Th.3.10

    ; ἀ. ἀρχήν, πόλεμον, etc., Id.1.76, 7.18, etc.:—[voice] Pass., to be treated remissly,

    ἀνεθήσεται τὰ πράγματα Id.8.63

    ;

    ὁ νόμος ἀνεῖται

     has become effete, powerless,

    E.Or. 941

    : freq. in [tense] pf. part. ἀνειμένος as an Adj., ἐν τῷ ἀνειμένῳ τῆς γνώμης when their minds are not strung up for action, Th.5.9; ἀνειμένῃ τῇ διαίτῃ relaxed, unconstrained, of the Athenians, Id.1.6; δίαιτα λίαν ἀ., of the Ephors, Arist.Pol. 1270b32;

    ἀ. ἡδοναί

     dissolute,

    Pl.R. 573a

    ; ἄνανδρος καὶ λίαν ἀ. ib. 549d;

    ἀ. χείλεα

     parched,

    Theoc.22.63

    ; of climate,

    ἀ. καὶ μαλακός Thphr.CP5.4.4

    ;

    ὀσμὴ μαλακὴ καὶ ἀ. 5.7.1

    : [comp] Comp.

    ἀνειμενώτερος Iamb.VP15.67

    :—but,
    8 the sense of relaxation occurs also as an intr. usage of the [voice] Act., slacken, abate, of the wind,

    ἐπειδὰν πνεῦμ' ἀνῇ S.Ph. 639

    , cf. Hdt.2.113, 4.152;

    ἕως ἀνῇ τὸ πῆμα S.Ph. 764

    , cf. Hdt.1.94; ἐμφῦσα οὐκ ἀνίει, of a viper, having fastened on him she does not let go, Id.3.109: esp. in phrase οὐδὲν ἀνιέναι not to give way at all, X.HG2.3.46, cf. Cyr.1.4.22; τὰς τιμὰς ἀνεικέναι ἤκουον that prices had fallen, D.56.25, cf. Arist.Rh. 1390a15; σιδήρια ἀ. ἐν τοῖς μαλακοῖς lose their edge, Thphr.HP5.5.1.
    b c. part., give up or cease doing, ὕων οὐκ ἀνίει [ὁ θεός] Hdt.4.28, cf. 125, 2.121.β, E.IT 318, etc.
    c c. gen., cease from a thing,

    μωρίας Id.Med. 457

    ;

    τῆς ὀργῆς Ar.Ra. 700

    , D.21.186;

    φιλονικίας Th.5.32

    ; ἀνῆκε τοῦ ἐξελθεῖν forbore to come forth, LXX 1 Ki.23.13.
    9 dilute, dissolve, διά τινος or τινί, Gal.13.520, al., Gp.4.7.3, cf. Arr.An.7.20.5 (Phryn.19 says that διΐημι is more correct in this sense);

    διυγραινομένων καὶ ἀνιεμένων Thphr.Vent.58

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀνίημι

  • 8 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 9 modo

    m.
    1 way (manera, forma).
    ¿has visto el modo en que o el modo como te mira? have you seen how o the way he's looking at you?
    no encuentro el modo de dejar el tabaco whatever I do, I just can't seem to give up smoking
    a modo de as, by way of
    al modo de in the style of
    de ese modo in that way
    de ningún modo in no way
    de todos modos in any case, anyway
    de un modo u otro one way or another
    en cierto modo in some ways
    modo de empleo instructions for use
    ¿de modo que no te gusta? so, you don't like it (then)?
    2 mood (grammar).
    modo adverbial adverbial phrase
    3 mode, brand, manner, way.
    4 grammar mood, mood.
    * * *
    1 way, manner
    1 manners
    \
    a modo de as a, like a
    de todos modos anyhow, at any rate
    en cierto modo in a way
    modo de empleo instructions plural
    modo de ser character
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) way, manner
    2) mode
    3) mood
    •
    - de modo que
    - de todos modos
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=manera) way, manner frm

    ¿no hay otro modo de hacerlo? — isn't there another way of doing it?

    a mi modo de pensar o ver — in my view, the way I see it

    see MANERA, FORMA, MODO
    2) [locuciones]

    • a mi/tu modo — (in) my/your (own) way

    • a modo de — as

    a modo de ejemplo/respuesta — by way of example/reply

    • en cierto modo — in a way, to a certain extent

    • de cualquier modo — [antes de verbo] anyway, in any case; (=después de verbo) anyhow

    de cualquier modo, ahora tenemos que irnos — we have to go now anyway o in any case

    hazlo de cualquier modo — do it anyway you like, do it anyhow, do it any old how *

    • de modo + adj —

    eso nos afectará de modo directo — this will have a direct effect on us, this will affect us directly

    • de ese modo — [antes de verbo] (in) this way; [después de verbo] like that

    • grosso modo — broadly speaking

    esa fue, grosso modo, la contestación que nos dio — broadly speaking, that was the answer he gave us

    • de mal modo — rudely

    • del mismo o de igual modo — in the same way

    todos van vestidos del mismo o de igual modo — they are all dressed the same o in the same way

    • de ningún modo o en modo alguno, no quiero de ningún modo o en modo alguno implicarla en esto — I don't want to involve her in this in any way

    ¡de ningún modo! — certainly not!, no way! *

    • de todos modos — anyway, all the same, in any case

    aunque no me dejes, me iré de todos modos — even if you don't let me, I'll go anyway o all the same o in any case

    aunque lo esperaba, de todos modos me sorprendió — even though I was expecting it, I was still surprised

    3)

    • de modo que — [antes de verbo] so; [después de verbo] so that

    ¡de modo que eras tú el que llamaba! — so it was you that was calling!

    4) Esp frm (=moderación) moderation
    5) LAm

    ¡ni modo! — (=de ninguna manera) no way *, not a chance *; (=no hay otra alternativa) what else can I/you etc do?

    si no me quieres, ni modo — if you don't love me, what else can I do?

    6) pl modos (=modales) manners

    • buenos modos — good manners

    • malos modos — bad manners

    7) (Ling) [del verbo] mood

    de modo — manner antes de s

    8) (Inform) mode
    9) (Mús) mode

    modo mayor/menor — major/minor mode

    * * *
    1)
    a) (manera, forma) way, manner (frml)

    a mi modo de ver — to my way of thinking, in my opinion

    modo de empleo — instructions for use, directions

    me lo pidió de muy mal modo — (AmL) she asked me (for it) very rudely

    a mi/tu/su modo — (in) my/your/his (own) way

    a modo de: se puso una manta a modo de poncho he put a blanket round his shoulders like a poncho; a modo de introducción by way of introduction; de cualquier modo ( de todas formas) (indep) in any case, anyway; ( sin cuidado) anyhow; del mismo or de igual modo que just as, in the same way (that); de modo que ( así que) so; ( para que) (+ subj) so that; ¿de modo que se van? so they're going, are they?; de modo que se vean desde aquí so that they can be seen from here; de ningún modo no way; de ningún modo puedo aceptar there's no way I can accept; de todos modos anyway, anyhow; en cierto modo in a way; ni modo (AmL exc CS fam): ¿pudieron entrar? - no, ni modo did they get in? - no, no way (colloq); traté de persuadirlo pero ni modo I tried to persuade him but it was no good; ni modo, yo soy como soy that's tough o too bad, I am the way I am (colloq); ni modo que te quedes aquí — there's no way you're staying here (colloq)

    2) modos masculino plural ( modales) manners (pl)

    con buenos/malos modos — politely/rudely o impolitely

    3) (Ling) mood
    4) (Mús) mode
    * * *
    = approach [approaches, -pl.], avenue, guise, means, mode, way, manner, fashion.
    Ex. During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.
    Ex. In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.
    Ex. In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.
    Ex. The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.
    Ex. Various modes of operation are possible for such a journal, and the precise operation will depend upon the type of information being conveyed.
    Ex. They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.
    Ex. City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.
    Ex. It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.
    ----
    * actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.
    * actuar de un modo despiadado = play + hardball.
    * actuar de un modo diferente = strike out on + a different path.
    * actuar de un modo implacable = play + hardball.
    * actuar de un modo independiente = go it alone.
    * actuar de un modo intransigente = play + hardball.
    * adverbio de modo = adverb of mode.
    * a groso modo = crudely.
    * a grosso modo = roughly, rough draft.
    * al actuar de este modo = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so.
    * al modo de = a la.
    * a mi modo de ver = in my books.
    * a modo de = by way of, in the vein of, as a kind of.
    * a modo de aclaración = in parenthesis, on a sidenote.
    * a modo de advertencia = cautionary.
    * a modo de ejemplo = by way of illustration.
    * a modo de explicación = parenthetically.
    * a modo de ilustración = by way of illustration.
    * a modo de inciso = in passing, by the way of (a) digression.
    * a modo de paréntesis = parenthetical.
    * a modo de prólogo = prefatory.
    * a modo de resumen = wrap-up.
    * analizar de un modo imparcial = take + a cool look at.
    * andar de un modo pausado = stroll + at a leisurely pace.
    * artículo a modo de réplica = rebuttal article.
    * así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....
    * avecinarse de un modo amenazador = loom + large on the horizon.
    * buscar el modo de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.
    * como un modo de = as a way of.
    * conocer de algún modo = know + on some grounds.
    * crecer de modo exhuberante = grow + rampant.
    * de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.
    * de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.
    * de algún modo u otro = of some sort.
    * decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.
    * decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.
    * de cualquier modo = however, either way.
    * de diferente modo = differently.
    * de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.
    * de este modo = by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.
    * definir de un modo predeterminado e inamovible = hardwire [hard wire].
    * de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).
    * del mejor modo posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * del mismo modo = exactly, in the same vein, by the same token.
    * del mismo modo que = as, in the form that, in the same way (as), in the same way that, just as, in the same manner (as), along the lines, after the fashion of, similar to, in common with.
    * del otro modo = the other way (a)round.
    * de modo + Adjetivo = on a + Adjetivo + basis.
    * de modo agresivo = aggressively.
    * de modo alarmante = alarmingly.
    * de modo alternativo = alternatively.
    * de modo altivo = superciliously, haughtily.
    * de modo apreciable = to an appreciable extent.
    * de modo caprichoso = capriciously.
    * de modo censurable = reprehensibly.
    * de modo claro = transparently.
    * de modo comercial = on a commercial basis.
    * de modo competitivo = competitively.
    * de modo complementario = complimentarily.
    * de modo conjunto con = in partnership with.
    * de modo considerable = to a considerable extent.
    * de modo convincente = cogently, unconvincingly.
    * de modo decisivo = decisively.
    * de modo desastroso = disastrously.
    * de modo desconcertante = bewilderingly.
    * de modo divertido = funnily.
    * de modo egoísta = selfishly.
    * de modo errático = erratically.
    * de modo especulativo = speculatively.
    * de modo estructurado = in a structured fashion.
    * de modo fácil = with the tip of a hat.
    * de modo gracioso = funnily.
    * de modo gratuito = on a complimentary basis.
    * de modo heurístico = heuristically.
    * de modo humorístico = in a humorous vein.
    * de modo imaginativo = imaginatively.
    * de modo inconfundible = unmistakably.
    * de modo individual = on a case-by-case basis.
    * de modo inequívoco = unambiguously.
    * de modo inesperado = like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.
    * de modo informal = informally.
    * de modo ininterrumpido = in an unbroken line.
    * de modo insinuante = suggestively.
    * de modo irregular = erratically.
    * de modo irritante = annoyingly.
    * de modo pesimista = gloomily.
    * de modo poco imaginativo = unimaginatively.
    * de modo provocativo = suggestively.
    * de modo que = so.
    * de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.
    * de modo raro = funnily.
    * de modo recíproco = reciprocally.
    * de modo reprobatorio = reprovingly, reproachfully.
    * de modos diversos = variously.
    * de modos extraños = funnily.
    * de modo sorprendente = shockingly.
    * de modo tal que = so much so that.
    * demostrar de un modo contundente = demonstrate + beyond (all) doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.
    * de ningún modo = by no means, in no way, on no account, in no sense, by any means, not at all, under no/any circumstances, in any shape or form, for the life of me, not on any account, by no stretch of the imagination.
    * de nuevos modos = in new ways.
    * de otro modo = conversely.
    * de qué modo = by what means.
    * de tal modo que = in such a way that, so.
    * de tal modo que raya en lo ridículo = ridiculously.
    * de tal modo que + Subjuntivo = in such a way as to + Infinitivo.
    * de todos modos = at any rate.
    * de un mod discreto = unobtrusively.
    * de un modo = in a fashion.
    * de un modo absorto = absently.
    * de un modo aburrido y pesado = tediously.
    * de un modo acalorado = hotly.
    * de un modo adecuado = appropriately, fitly.
    * de un modo + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + fashion, in + Adjetivo + measure, in a + Adjetivo + manner, in + Adjetivo + manner, on a + Adjetivo + scale, to a + Adjetivo + degree, in a + Adjetivo + vein.
    * de un modo afirmativo = affirmatively.
    * de un modo ahorrativo = thriftily.
    * de un modo aleatorio = at random.
    * de un modo anafórico = anaphorically.
    * de un modo anárquico = anarchically.
    * de un modo anodino = prosaically.
    * de un modo antieconómico = wastefully.
    * de un modo apropiado = fitly, appropriately.
    * de un modo aprovechado = opportunistically.
    * de un modo atractivo = appealingly.
    * de un modo auténtico = authentically.
    * de un modo barato = inexpensively, thriftily.
    * de un modo bochornoso = shamefully.
    * de un modo cansado = wearily.
    * de un modo caro = expensively + Participio.
    * de un modo casual = in a by-the-way fashion.
    * de un modo chirriante = jarringly.
    * de un modo chocante = jarringly.
    * de un modo compacto = compactly.
    * de un modo concluyente = positively.
    * de un modo conservador = conservatively.
    * de un modo constante = on an ongoing basis.
    * de un modo constructivo = constructively.
    * de un modo convincente = convincingly, forcibly.
    * de un modo coordinado = synergistically.
    * de un modo crítico = critically.
    * de un modo decepcionante = disappointedly.
    * de un modo desconcertado = disconcertedly.
    * de un modo descontrolado = uncontrollably.
    * de un modo desenfadado = playfully.
    * de un modo deshonesto = dishonestly.
    * de un modo desordenado = higgledy-piggledy.
    * de un modo devastador = devastatingly.
    * de un modo diferente = differentially.
    * de un modo discreto = quietly.
    * de un modo disonante = jarringly.
    * de un modo económico = economically, thriftily.
    * de un modo elegante = elegantly.
    * de un modo encantador = charmingly.
    * de un modo engorroso = awkwardly, cumbrously.
    * de un modo equivalente = equivalently.
    * de un modo espectacular = spectacularly.
    * de un modo estrafalario = freakishly.
    * de un modo exhaustivo = comprehensively, in depth, exhaustively.
    * de un modo extraño = freakishly.
    * de un modo fiable = reliably.
    * de un modo flexible = flexibly.
    * de un modo fortuito = haphazardly.
    * de un modo fraudulento = fraudulently.
    * de un modo gradual = incrementally.
    * de un modo habitual = as a matter of routine.
    * de un modo heterogéneo = heterogeneously [heterogenously].
    * de un modo holístico = holistically.
    * de un modo imparcial = impartially.
    * de un modo impreciso = fuzzily.
    * de un modo impresionante = impressively.
    * de un modo impulsivo = impulsively.
    * de un modo incidental = incidentally.
    * de un modo incómodo = awkwardly, cumbrously.
    * de un modo incompetente = inefficiently.
    * de un modo incompleto = incompletely.
    * de un modo inconsistente = vagrantly.
    * de un modo incorrecto = inaccurately.
    * de un modo indiferente = regardless.
    * de un modo inductivo = inductively.
    * de un modo innovador = innovatively.
    * de un modo insolente = defiantly.
    * de un modo insulso = prosaically.
    * de un modo inteligente = intelligently.
    * de un modo interesante = interestingly.
    * de un modo intermitente = in bursts.
    * de un modo lógico = logically.
    * de un modo malsonante = jarringly.
    * de un modo matemático = mathematically.
    * de un modo mecánico = mechanically.
    * de un modo meditabundo = pensively.
    * de un modo molesto = annoyingly.
    * de un modo moralista = sanctimoniously.
    * de un modo muy general = crudely.
    * de un modo muy interesante = most interestingly + Verbo.
    * de un modo nervioso = nervously.
    * de un modo nítido = cleanly.
    * de un modo o de otro = either way.
    * de un modo oportunista = opportunistically.
    * de un modo opresivo = oppressively.
    * de un modo óptico = optically.
    * de un modo optimista = optimistically.
    * de un modo pasivo = passively.
    * de un modo penetrante = piercingly.
    * de un modo pensativo = pensively.
    * de un modo poco constructivo = unconstructively.
    * de un modo poco económico = wastefully.
    * de un modo poco natural = unnaturally.
    * de un modo positivo = positively, constructively.
    * de un modo práctico = practically.
    * de un modo provocador = defiantly.
    * de un modo provocativo = defiantly.
    * de un modo que causa confusión = confusingly.
    * de un modo racional = rationally.
    * de un modo rápido = rapidly, overnight, at short notice.
    * de un modo rapsódico = rhapsodically.
    * de un modo raro = freakishly.
    * de un modo regional = regionally.
    * de un modo regular = on a regular basis, on an ongoing basis, on a continuing basis.
    * de un modo relacionado = connectibly.
    * de un modo remunerado = gainfully.
    * de un modo retribuido = gainfully.
    * de un modo secuencial = step by step.
    * de un modo seguro = securely.
    * de un modo similar = in a similar vein.
    * de un modo simplista = simplistically.
    * de un modo sistemático = systematically.
    * de un modo susceptible = sensitively.
    * de un modo tautológico = tautologically.
    * de un modo temporal = on a temporary basis.
    * de un modo tosco = crudely.
    * de un modo trágico = tragically.
    * de un modo tranquilizador = soothingly, reassuringly.
    * de un modo transparente = seamlessly.
    * de un modo u otro = somehow, some way.
    * de un modo vergonzoso = shamefully.
    * de un modo voluntario = voluntarily.
    * de un nuevo modo = in a new way.
    * dicho de otro modo = in other words, said differently.
    * distribuir de un modo escalonado = lay out in + stages.
    * distribuir de un modo planificado = zone.
    * el mejor modo de = the best way of.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el modo de = the way in which.
    * el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.
    * en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.
    * encontrar el modo de = find + way of/to.
    * encontrar el modo de paliar un problema = find + way (a)round + problem.
    * encontrar el modo de regresar = find + Posesivo + way back.
    * encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.
    * en metálico y de otro modo = in cash and in kind.
    * en modo alguno = by no means.
    * estimar a grosso modo = guesstimate.
    * estudiar el modo de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.
    * examinar el modo de = examine + way.
    * extenderse a modo de abanico = fan out.
    * flujo de datos de un modo intermitente = bursty traffic.
    * frase a modo de título = title-like phrase.
    * funcionar de un modo autónomo = operate under + an autonomous hand.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.
    * indizar de modo KWIC = KWIC.
    * información a modo de ejemplo = sample data.
    * ingeniarse el modo de = dream up + ways to.
    * modo de actuar = arrangement, course of action, practice, rationale.
    * modo de ahorro de energía = power save mode.
    * modo de andar = gait.
    * modo de aprendizaje = learning style.
    * modo de comportamiento = mode of behaviour, way of conduct.
    * modo de comunicación = communication pathway.
    * modo de conducta = mode of conduct, way of conduct.
    * modo de conseguir Algo = lever.
    * modo de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.
    * modo de hacer preguntas = questioning behaviour.
    * modo de introducción de datos = input mode.
    * modo de pensar = thinking, way of thinking, mindset [mind-set], mode of thought, mode of thinking.
    * modo de presentación visual = display device.
    * modo de resaltar = spotlight.
    * modo de vida = way of life.
    * modo de vida tradicional = folklife.
    * modo no interactivo = non-interactive mode.
    * no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.
    * no hay modo de que = for the life of me.
    * o de algún otro modo = or otherwise.
    * pensar del mismo modo = think + alike.
    * pensar de un modo diferente = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * pero no hubo modo = but no dice.
    * por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.
    * por el modo = by the way.
    * preparar de un modo rápido = throw together.
    * recordar de un modo rápido = sweep back to.
    * saber de algún modo = know + on some grounds.
    * ser en cierto modo un + Nombre = be something of a + Nombre.
    * surgir de un modo confuso = grow + like Topsy.
    * tratar de igual modo = treat as + equal.
    * usando el tiempo de un modo eficaz = time efficient [time-efficient].
    * usar de un modo descuidado = bandy (about/around).
    * usar de un modo despreocupado = bandy (about/around).
    * uso de un modo descuidado = bandying about.
    * ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.
    * * *
    1)
    a) (manera, forma) way, manner (frml)

    a mi modo de ver — to my way of thinking, in my opinion

    modo de empleo — instructions for use, directions

    me lo pidió de muy mal modo — (AmL) she asked me (for it) very rudely

    a mi/tu/su modo — (in) my/your/his (own) way

    a modo de: se puso una manta a modo de poncho he put a blanket round his shoulders like a poncho; a modo de introducción by way of introduction; de cualquier modo ( de todas formas) (indep) in any case, anyway; ( sin cuidado) anyhow; del mismo or de igual modo que just as, in the same way (that); de modo que ( así que) so; ( para que) (+ subj) so that; ¿de modo que se van? so they're going, are they?; de modo que se vean desde aquí so that they can be seen from here; de ningún modo no way; de ningún modo puedo aceptar there's no way I can accept; de todos modos anyway, anyhow; en cierto modo in a way; ni modo (AmL exc CS fam): ¿pudieron entrar? - no, ni modo did they get in? - no, no way (colloq); traté de persuadirlo pero ni modo I tried to persuade him but it was no good; ni modo, yo soy como soy that's tough o too bad, I am the way I am (colloq); ni modo que te quedes aquí — there's no way you're staying here (colloq)

    2) modos masculino plural ( modales) manners (pl)

    con buenos/malos modos — politely/rudely o impolitely

    3) (Ling) mood
    4) (Mús) mode
    * * *
    = approach [approaches, -pl.], avenue, guise, means, mode, way, manner, fashion.

    Ex: During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.

    Ex: In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.
    Ex: In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.
    Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.
    Ex: Various modes of operation are possible for such a journal, and the precise operation will depend upon the type of information being conveyed.
    Ex: They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.
    Ex: City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.
    Ex: It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.
    * actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.
    * actuar de un modo despiadado = play + hardball.
    * actuar de un modo diferente = strike out on + a different path.
    * actuar de un modo implacable = play + hardball.
    * actuar de un modo independiente = go it alone.
    * actuar de un modo intransigente = play + hardball.
    * adverbio de modo = adverb of mode.
    * a groso modo = crudely.
    * a grosso modo = roughly, rough draft.
    * al actuar de este modo = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so.
    * al modo de = a la.
    * a mi modo de ver = in my books.
    * a modo de = by way of, in the vein of, as a kind of.
    * a modo de aclaración = in parenthesis, on a sidenote.
    * a modo de advertencia = cautionary.
    * a modo de ejemplo = by way of illustration.
    * a modo de explicación = parenthetically.
    * a modo de ilustración = by way of illustration.
    * a modo de inciso = in passing, by the way of (a) digression.
    * a modo de paréntesis = parenthetical.
    * a modo de prólogo = prefatory.
    * a modo de resumen = wrap-up.
    * analizar de un modo imparcial = take + a cool look at.
    * andar de un modo pausado = stroll + at a leisurely pace.
    * artículo a modo de réplica = rebuttal article.
    * así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....
    * avecinarse de un modo amenazador = loom + large on the horizon.
    * buscar el modo de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.
    * como un modo de = as a way of.
    * conocer de algún modo = know + on some grounds.
    * crecer de modo exhuberante = grow + rampant.
    * de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.
    * de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.
    * de algún modo u otro = of some sort.
    * decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.
    * decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.
    * de cualquier modo = however, either way.
    * de diferente modo = differently.
    * de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.
    * de este modo = by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.
    * definir de un modo predeterminado e inamovible = hardwire [hard wire].
    * de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).
    * del mejor modo posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * del mismo modo = exactly, in the same vein, by the same token.
    * del mismo modo que = as, in the form that, in the same way (as), in the same way that, just as, in the same manner (as), along the lines, after the fashion of, similar to, in common with.
    * del otro modo = the other way (a)round.
    * de modo + Adjetivo = on a + Adjetivo + basis.
    * de modo agresivo = aggressively.
    * de modo alarmante = alarmingly.
    * de modo alternativo = alternatively.
    * de modo altivo = superciliously, haughtily.
    * de modo apreciable = to an appreciable extent.
    * de modo caprichoso = capriciously.
    * de modo censurable = reprehensibly.
    * de modo claro = transparently.
    * de modo comercial = on a commercial basis.
    * de modo competitivo = competitively.
    * de modo complementario = complimentarily.
    * de modo conjunto con = in partnership with.
    * de modo considerable = to a considerable extent.
    * de modo convincente = cogently, unconvincingly.
    * de modo decisivo = decisively.
    * de modo desastroso = disastrously.
    * de modo desconcertante = bewilderingly.
    * de modo divertido = funnily.
    * de modo egoísta = selfishly.
    * de modo errático = erratically.
    * de modo especulativo = speculatively.
    * de modo estructurado = in a structured fashion.
    * de modo fácil = with the tip of a hat.
    * de modo gracioso = funnily.
    * de modo gratuito = on a complimentary basis.
    * de modo heurístico = heuristically.
    * de modo humorístico = in a humorous vein.
    * de modo imaginativo = imaginatively.
    * de modo inconfundible = unmistakably.
    * de modo individual = on a case-by-case basis.
    * de modo inequívoco = unambiguously.
    * de modo inesperado = like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.
    * de modo informal = informally.
    * de modo ininterrumpido = in an unbroken line.
    * de modo insinuante = suggestively.
    * de modo irregular = erratically.
    * de modo irritante = annoyingly.
    * de modo pesimista = gloomily.
    * de modo poco imaginativo = unimaginatively.
    * de modo provocativo = suggestively.
    * de modo que = so.
    * de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.
    * de modo raro = funnily.
    * de modo recíproco = reciprocally.
    * de modo reprobatorio = reprovingly, reproachfully.
    * de modos diversos = variously.
    * de modos extraños = funnily.
    * de modo sorprendente = shockingly.
    * de modo tal que = so much so that.
    * demostrar de un modo contundente = demonstrate + beyond (all) doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.
    * de ningún modo = by no means, in no way, on no account, in no sense, by any means, not at all, under no/any circumstances, in any shape or form, for the life of me, not on any account, by no stretch of the imagination.
    * de nuevos modos = in new ways.
    * de otro modo = conversely.
    * de qué modo = by what means.
    * de tal modo que = in such a way that, so.
    * de tal modo que raya en lo ridículo = ridiculously.
    * de tal modo que + Subjuntivo = in such a way as to + Infinitivo.
    * de todos modos = at any rate.
    * de un mod discreto = unobtrusively.
    * de un modo = in a fashion.
    * de un modo absorto = absently.
    * de un modo aburrido y pesado = tediously.
    * de un modo acalorado = hotly.
    * de un modo adecuado = appropriately, fitly.
    * de un modo + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + fashion, in + Adjetivo + measure, in a + Adjetivo + manner, in + Adjetivo + manner, on a + Adjetivo + scale, to a + Adjetivo + degree, in a + Adjetivo + vein.
    * de un modo afirmativo = affirmatively.
    * de un modo ahorrativo = thriftily.
    * de un modo aleatorio = at random.
    * de un modo anafórico = anaphorically.
    * de un modo anárquico = anarchically.
    * de un modo anodino = prosaically.
    * de un modo antieconómico = wastefully.
    * de un modo apropiado = fitly, appropriately.
    * de un modo aprovechado = opportunistically.
    * de un modo atractivo = appealingly.
    * de un modo auténtico = authentically.
    * de un modo barato = inexpensively, thriftily.
    * de un modo bochornoso = shamefully.
    * de un modo cansado = wearily.
    * de un modo caro = expensively + Participio.
    * de un modo casual = in a by-the-way fashion.
    * de un modo chirriante = jarringly.
    * de un modo chocante = jarringly.
    * de un modo compacto = compactly.
    * de un modo concluyente = positively.
    * de un modo conservador = conservatively.
    * de un modo constante = on an ongoing basis.
    * de un modo constructivo = constructively.
    * de un modo convincente = convincingly, forcibly.
    * de un modo coordinado = synergistically.
    * de un modo crítico = critically.
    * de un modo decepcionante = disappointedly.
    * de un modo desconcertado = disconcertedly.
    * de un modo descontrolado = uncontrollably.
    * de un modo desenfadado = playfully.
    * de un modo deshonesto = dishonestly.
    * de un modo desordenado = higgledy-piggledy.
    * de un modo devastador = devastatingly.
    * de un modo diferente = differentially.
    * de un modo discreto = quietly.
    * de un modo disonante = jarringly.
    * de un modo económico = economically, thriftily.
    * de un modo elegante = elegantly.
    * de un modo encantador = charmingly.
    * de un modo engorroso = awkwardly, cumbrously.
    * de un modo equivalente = equivalently.
    * de un modo espectacular = spectacularly.
    * de un modo estrafalario = freakishly.
    * de un modo exhaustivo = comprehensively, in depth, exhaustively.
    * de un modo extraño = freakishly.
    * de un modo fiable = reliably.
    * de un modo flexible = flexibly.
    * de un modo fortuito = haphazardly.
    * de un modo fraudulento = fraudulently.
    * de un modo gradual = incrementally.
    * de un modo habitual = as a matter of routine.
    * de un modo heterogéneo = heterogeneously [heterogenously].
    * de un modo holístico = holistically.
    * de un modo imparcial = impartially.
    * de un modo impreciso = fuzzily.
    * de un modo impresionante = impressively.
    * de un modo impulsivo = impulsively.
    * de un modo incidental = incidentally.
    * de un modo incómodo = awkwardly, cumbrously.
    * de un modo incompetente = inefficiently.
    * de un modo incompleto = incompletely.
    * de un modo inconsistente = vagrantly.
    * de un modo incorrecto = inaccurately.
    * de un modo indiferente = regardless.
    * de un modo inductivo = inductively.
    * de un modo innovador = innovatively.
    * de un modo insolente = defiantly.
    * de un modo insulso = prosaically.
    * de un modo inteligente = intelligently.
    * de un modo interesante = interestingly.
    * de un modo intermitente = in bursts.
    * de un modo lógico = logically.
    * de un modo malsonante = jarringly.
    * de un modo matemático = mathematically.
    * de un modo mecánico = mechanically.
    * de un modo meditabundo = pensively.
    * de un modo molesto = annoyingly.
    * de un modo moralista = sanctimoniously.
    * de un modo muy general = crudely.
    * de un modo muy interesante = most interestingly + Verbo.
    * de un modo nervioso = nervously.
    * de un modo nítido = cleanly.
    * de un modo o de otro = either way.
    * de un modo oportunista = opportunistically.
    * de un modo opresivo = oppressively.
    * de un modo óptico = optically.
    * de un modo optimista = optimistically.
    * de un modo pasivo = passively.
    * de un modo penetrante = piercingly.
    * de un modo pensativo = pensively.
    * de un modo poco constructivo = unconstructively.
    * de un modo poco económico = wastefully.
    * de un modo poco natural = unnaturally.
    * de un modo positivo = positively, constructively.
    * de un modo práctico = practically.
    * de un modo provocador = defiantly.
    * de un modo provocativo = defiantly.
    * de un modo que causa confusión = confusingly.
    * de un modo racional = rationally.
    * de un modo rápido = rapidly, overnight, at short notice.
    * de un modo rapsódico = rhapsodically.
    * de un modo raro = freakishly.
    * de un modo regional = regionally.
    * de un modo regular = on a regular basis, on an ongoing basis, on a continuing basis.
    * de un modo relacionado = connectibly.
    * de un modo remunerado = gainfully.
    * de un modo retribuido = gainfully.
    * de un modo secuencial = step by step.
    * de un modo seguro = securely.
    * de un modo similar = in a similar vein.
    * de un modo simplista = simplistically.
    * de un modo sistemático = systematically.
    * de un modo susceptible = sensitively.
    * de un modo tautológico = tautologically.
    * de un modo temporal = on a temporary basis.
    * de un modo tosco = crudely.
    * de un modo trágico = tragically.
    * de un modo tranquilizador = soothingly, reassuringly.
    * de un modo transparente = seamlessly.
    * de un modo u otro = somehow, some way.
    * de un modo vergonzoso = shamefully.
    * de un modo voluntario = voluntarily.
    * de un nuevo modo = in a new way.
    * dicho de otro modo = in other words, said differently.
    * distribuir de un modo escalonado = lay out in + stages.
    * distribuir de un modo planificado = zone.
    * el mejor modo de = the best way of.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el modo de = the way in which.
    * el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.
    * en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.
    * encontrar el modo de = find + way of/to.
    * encontrar el modo de paliar un problema = find + way (a)round + problem.
    * encontrar el modo de regresar = find + Posesivo + way back.
    * encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.
    * en metálico y de otro modo = in cash and in kind.
    * en modo alguno = by no means.
    * estimar a grosso modo = guesstimate.
    * estudiar el modo de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.
    * examinar el modo de = examine + way.
    * extenderse a modo de abanico = fan out.
    * flujo de datos de un modo intermitente = bursty traffic.
    * frase a modo de título = title-like phrase.
    * funcionar de un modo autónomo = operate under + an autonomous hand.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.
    * indizar de modo KWIC = KWIC.
    * información a modo de ejemplo = sample data.
    * ingeniarse el modo de = dream up + ways to.
    * modo de actuar = arrangement, course of action, practice, rationale.
    * modo de ahorro de energía = power save mode.
    * modo de andar = gait.
    * modo de aprendizaje = learning style.
    * modo de comportamiento = mode of behaviour, way of conduct.
    * modo de comunicación = communication pathway.
    * modo de conducta = mode of conduct, way of conduct.
    * modo de conseguir Algo = lever.
    * modo de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.
    * modo de hacer preguntas = questioning behaviour.
    * modo de introducción de datos = input mode.
    * modo de pensar = thinking, way of thinking, mindset [mind-set], mode of thought, mode of thinking.
    * modo de presentación visual = display device.
    * modo de resaltar = spotlight.
    * modo de vida = way of life.
    * modo de vida tradicional = folklife.
    * modo no interactivo = non-interactive mode.
    * no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.
    * no hay modo de que = for the life of me.
    * o de algún otro modo = or otherwise.
    * pensar del mismo modo = think + alike.
    * pensar de un modo diferente = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * pero no hubo modo = but no dice.
    * por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.
    * por el modo = by the way.
    * preparar de un modo rápido = throw together.
    * recordar de un modo rápido = sweep back to.
    * saber de algún modo = know + on some grounds.
    * ser en cierto modo un + Nombre = be something of a + Nombre.
    * surgir de un modo confuso = grow + like Topsy.
    * tratar de igual modo = treat as + equal.
    * usando el tiempo de un modo eficaz = time efficient [time-efficient].
    * usar de un modo descuidado = bandy (about/around).
    * usar de un modo despreocupado = bandy (about/around).
    * uso de un modo descuidado = bandying about.
    * ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

    * * *
    A
    1 (manera, forma) way, manner ( frml)
    éste no es modo de hacer las cosas this is no way of going about things
    no lo digas de ese modo don't say it like that
    hay que hacerlo del siguiente modo it has to be done in the following manner
    a mi modo de ver to my way of thinking, in my opinion
    ¿qué modo de hablarle a tu abuela es ése? that's no way to speak to your grandmother
    [ S ] modo de empleo instructions for use, directions
    me lo pidió de muy mal modo ( AmL); she asked me (for it) very rudely o in a very rude way
    2 ( en locs):
    a mi/tu/su modo (in) my/your/his (own) way
    hazlo a tu modo do it (in) your (own) way
    le gusta hacer las cosas a su modo he likes to do things his (own) way
    a modo de: se puso una manta a modo de poncho he put a blanket round his shoulders like a poncho
    a modo de introducción by way of introduction
    de cualquier modo (de todas formas) ( indep) in any case, anyway; (sin cuidado) anyhow, any which way ( AmE colloq), any old how ( BrE colloq)
    del mismo or de igual modo que just as, in the same way (that)
    de modo que (así que) (+ indic) so;
    (para que) (+ subj) so that
    lo hiciste porque quisiste, de modo que ahora no te quejes you did it because you wanted to, so don't complain now
    ¿de modo que se van? so they're going, are they?
    colócalos de modo que se vean desde aquí arrange them so that they can be seen from here
    yo no puedo aceptarlo, de ningún modo there is no way I can accept it
    de todos modos anyway, anyhow
    no creo que lo pueda lograr, de todos modos volveré a intentarlo I don't think I can do it, but I'll have another try anyway o anyhow
    en cierto modo in a way
    ni modo ( AmL exc CS fam): ¿pudieron entrar? — no, ni modo, las entradas se habían acabado did they get in? — no, no way o not a chance, it was sold out ( colloq)
    traté de persuadirlo para que fuera pero ni modo I tried to persuade him to go but it was no good
    ni modo, yo soy como soy that's tough o too bad, I am the way I am ( colloq)
    ni modo que ( AmL exc CS): tienes que regresar a tu casa, ni modo que te quedes aquí you have to go home, there's no way you're staying here ( colloq)
    B modos mpl (modales) manners (pl)
    con buenos/malos modos politely/rudely o impolitely
    C ( Ling) mood
    el modo indicativo/subjuntivo the indicative/subjunctive mood
    D ( Mús) mode
    Compuesto:
    modo mayor/menor
    major/minor mode
    E ( Inf) mode
    Compuesto:
    sleep mode
    * * *

     

    modo sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (manera, forma) way, manner (frml);


    del siguiente modo in the following manner;
    a mi modo de ver to my way of thinking, in my opinion;
    no lo digas de ese modo don't say it like that;
    de un modo u otro one way or another;
    su modo de ser the way he is;

    ( on signs) modo de empleo instructions for use, directions;

    b) ( en locs)

    ◊ a mi/tu/su modo (in) my/your/his (own) way;

    de cualquier modo ( de todas formas) ( indep) in any case, anyway;

    ( sin cuidado) anyhow;
    del mismo or de igual modo que just as, in the same way (that);


    ( para que) so that;

    de ningún modo puedo aceptar there's no way I can accept;
    de todos modos anyway, anyhow;
    en cierto modo in a way;
    ni modo (AmL exc CS fam) no way;
    traté de persuadirlo pero ni modo I tried to persuade him but it was no good;
    ni modo que te quedes aquí there's no way you're staying here (colloq)
    2
    ◊ modos sustantivo masculino plural ( modales) manners (pl);

    con buenos/malos modos politely/rudely o impolitely
    modo sustantivo masculino
    1 (forma de hacer) way, manner: habla de un modo extraño, he speaks in a strange way
    2 Ling mode: modo imperativo, imperative mood 3 modos, manners: ¡no vengas aquí con esos malos modos!, don't come around here with those bad manners!
    ' modo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - así
    - camino
    - cante
    - canto
    - carácter
    - censurar
    - cocina
    - como quiera
    - comoquiera
    - con
    - conforme
    - de
    - dicha
    - dicho
    - empleo
    - en
    - estilo
    - forma
    - ir
    - gustar
    - habla
    - igualmente
    - inciso
    - indicativa
    - indicativo
    - mirada
    - olla
    - parcial
    - pensión
    - poner
    - proceder
    - radical
    - reconocer
    - replicar
    - risa
    - según
    - sentada
    - sic
    - sistema
    - tal
    - temeraria
    - temerario
    - temperamento
    - tono
    - tres
    - uso
    - ver
    - vía
    - vida
    English:
    abrupt
    - alike
    - allowance
    - aloud
    - anyhow
    - as
    - at
    - captivate
    - casually
    - deliriously
    - depressingly
    - direction
    - dramatically
    - educationally
    - fashion
    - funnily
    - gloomily
    - haphazardly
    - harmlessly
    - illegibly
    - impressively
    - inadequately
    - incompletely
    - incomprehensibly
    - inconclusively
    - inconveniently
    - instruction
    - keenly
    - kind
    - loophole
    - love
    - maddeningly
    - manner
    - mode
    - modus operandi
    - mood
    - mother
    - nowhere
    - observe
    - offhandedly
    - originally
    - ostentatious
    - other
    - outrageous
    - pass round
    - plausibly
    - quizzical
    - ravishingly
    - reassuringly
    - reciprocally
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [manera, forma] way;
    no encuentro el modo de dejar el tabaco whatever I do, I just can't seem to give up smoking;
    ése no es modo de comportarse that's no way to behave;
    ¿has visto el modo en que o [m5] el modo como te mira? have you seen how o the way he's looking at you?;
    esta vez lo haremos a mi modo this time we'll do it my way;
    al modo de in the style of, after the fashion of;
    a modo de as, by way of;
    a mi modo de ver the way I see it;
    de algún modo somehow;
    se le cayó el botón porque lo cosió de cualquier modo the button fell off because he sewed it on carelessly o any old how;
    hazlo de cualquier modo do it however you like;
    no te preocupes, de cualquier modo no pensaba ir don't worry, I wasn't going to go anyway;
    de ese/este modo that/this way;
    del mismo modo similarly, in the same way;
    lo hice del mismo modo que ayer/tú I did it the same way as yesterday/you;
    lo organizaron de modo que acabara antes de las diez they organized it so (that) it finished before ten;
    ¿de modo que no te gusta? so, you don't like it (then)?;
    de ningún modo o [m5] en modo alguno deberíamos dejarle salir under no circumstances should we let her out;
    de ningún modo o [m5] en modo alguno quise ofenderte I in no way intended to offend you;
    ¿te he molestado? – de ningún modo o [m5] en modo alguno did I annoy you? – not at all o by no means;
    ¿quieres que lo invitemos? – ¡de ningún modo! shall we invite him? – no way o certainly not!;
    de otro modo [si no] otherwise;
    de tal modo (que) [tanto] so much (that);
    de todos modos in any case, anyway;
    de todos modos seguiremos en contacto in any case, we'll keep in touch;
    de todos modos, ¿qué es eso que decías de un viaje? anyway, what's that you were saying about going away?;
    de un modo u otro one way or another;
    dicho de otro modo in other words, put another way;
    en cierto modo in a way;
    ¡qué modo de hacer las cosas! that's no way to do things!
    Ling modo de articulación manner of articulation;
    modo de empleo instructions for use;
    modo de pensar way of thinking;
    a mi modo de pensar to my way of thinking;
    modo de ser: [m5] tiene un modo de ser muy agradable she has a very pleasant nature;
    no me gusta su modo de ser I don't like the way he is;
    modo de vida way of life, lifestyle
    2.
    modos [modales] manners;
    buenos/malos modos good/bad manners;
    me contestó de buenos/malos modos she answered politely/rudely
    3. Gram mood;
    modo indicativo/subjuntivo indicative/subjunctive mood;
    en modo indicativo in the indicative (mood)
    4. Informát mode
    modo de edición edit mode;
    modo gráfico graphic mode;
    modo de inserción insert mode
    5. Mús mode
    ♦ ni modo loc adv
    Am salvo RP [de ninguna manera] no way, not a chance;
    ¿llegaremos a tiempo? – ni modo will we get there on time? – no way o not a chance;
    ni modo pues there's nothing we can do about it, then
    * * *
    m
    1 way;
    a mi modo de ver to my way of thinking;
    dicho de otro modo to put it another way;
    de este modo like this;
    modo de ser personality
    2 GRAM mood
    3 MÚS mode
    4
    :
    modos pl manners;
    5
    :
    de modo que so that;
    de ningún modo not at all;
    de otro modo otherwise;
    de tal modo que so much that;
    de cualquier modo anyway, anyhow;
    en cierto modo in a way o sense
    * * *
    modo nm
    1) manera: way, manner, mode
    de un modo u otro: one way or another
    a mi modo de ver: to my way of thinking
    2) : mood (in grammar)
    3) : mode (in music)
    4)
    a modo de : by way of, in the manner of, like
    a modo de ejemplo: by way of example
    5)
    de cualquier modo : in any case, anyway
    6)
    de modo que : so, in such a way that
    7)
    de todos modos : in any case, anyway
    8)
    en cierto modo : in a way, to a certain extent
    * * *
    modo n way

    Spanish-English dictionary > modo

  • 10 poco

    adj.
    not much, a small amount of, a small quantity of, little.
    adv.
    little, not very, not much.
    m.
    little.
    * * *
    1 little (plural) few, not many
    1 little (en plural) not many
    1 little, not much
    ■ voy poco por allí I rarely go there, I go there very little
    1 a little, a bit
    ■ ¿me das un poco? could you give me a little?
    \
    a poco de shortly after
    dentro de poco soon, presently
    hace poco not long ago
    pocas veces rarely, not often, seldom
    poco a poco slowly, gradually, bit by bit
    poco antes shortly before
    poco después shortly afterwards
    poco después de shortly after
    poco más o menos more or less
    poco menos que almost, nearly
    por poco nearly
    por si fuera poco as if that weren't enough, to top it all, on top of everything
    ————————
    1 little (en plural) not many
    1 little, not much
    ■ voy poco por allí I rarely go there, I go there very little
    * * *
    1. adv.
    little, few
    - por poco 2. (f. - poca)
    pron.
    little, few
    3. (f. - poca)
    adj.
    little, few, not much
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [en singular] little, not much

    tenemos poco tiempo — we have little time, we don't have much time

    hay muy poco queso — there's very little cheese, there's hardly any cheese

    con poco respeto — with little respect, with scant respect

    el provecho es poco — the gain is small, there isn't much to gain

    • poca cosa, no te preocupes por tan poca cosa — don't worry about such a little thing

    comemos, jugamos a cartas, leemos y poca cosa más — we eat, play cards, read and do little else o and that's about it

    es poca cosa — (=no mucho) it's not much; (=no importante) it's nothing much

    es muy guapa pero poca cosa — she's very pretty, but there isn't much to her

    • y por si fuera poco — and as if that weren't enough, and to cap it all

    2) [en plural] few, not many

    pocos niños saben que... — few o not many children know that...

    tiene pocos amigos — he has few friends, he hasn't got many friends

    2. PRON
    1) [en singular]
    a) (=poca cosa)
    b)

    • un poco — a bit, a little

    -¿tienes frío? -un poco — "are you cold?" - "a bit o a little"

    he bebido un poco, pero no estoy borracho — I've had a bit to drink, but I'm not drunk

    estoy un poco triste — I am rather o a little sad

    • un poco como, es un poco como su padre — he's rather o a bit like his father

    • un poco de, un poco de dinero — a little money

    ¡un poco de silencio! — let's have some quiet here!

    c) [referido a tiempo] not long

    tardaron poco en hacerlo — it didn't take them long to do it, they didn't take long to do it

    • a poco de — shortly after

    • cada poco — every so often

    • dentro de poco — shortly, soon

    • poco después — shortly after

    • hace poco — not long ago

    fuimos a verla hace poco — we visited her not long ago, we visited her quite recently

    la conozco desde hace poco — I haven't known her long, I've only known her for a short while

    2) [en plural] few

    pocos son los que... — there are few who...

    como hay pocos —

    3. ADV
    1) [con verbos] not much, little

    cuesta poco — it doesn't cost much, it costs very little

    vamos poco a Madrid — we don't go to Madrid much, we hardly ever go to Madrid

    lo estiman poco — they hardly value it at all, they value it very little

    2) [con adjetivos: se traduce a menudo por medio de un prefijo]

    poco inteligente — unintelligent, not very intelligent

    3) [otras locuciones]

    ¡poco a poco! — steady on!, easy does it!

    *

    ¿a poco? — never!, you don't say!

    ¡a poco no! — not much! *

    ¿a poco no? — (well) isn't it?

    ¿a poco crees que...? — do you really imagine that...?

    • de a poco — LAm gradually

    • tener en poco, tiene en poco a su jefe — she doesn't think much of her boss

    • por poco — almost, nearly

    por poco me ahogo — I almost o nearly drowned

    • a poco que, a poco que pueda — if at all possible

    a poco que corras, lo alcanzas — if you run now you'll catch it

    * * *
    I

    ... con lo poco que le gusta el arroz —... and he doesn't even like rice; para locs ver poco III 4)

    II
    - ca adjetivo ( con sustantivos no numerables) little; ( en plural) few

    qué poco sentido común tienes! — you don't have much common sense, do you?

    fue asombroso, todo lo que te pueda decir es poco — it was amazing, I can't (even) begin to tell you

    III
    - ca pronombre
    1) (poca cantidad, poca cosa)

    por poco que gane... — no matter how little o however little she earns...

    compra más lentejas, nos quedan muy pocas — buy some more lentils, we've hardly any left

    a poco de venir él — soon o shortly after he came

    poco antes de que... — a short while o shortly before...

    b)

    un poco de: un poco de pimienta/vino a little (bit of) pepper/wine; come un poco de jamón — have a bit of ham

    c)

    un poco + adj/adv: un poco caro/tarde — a bit o a little expensive/late

    a poco — (Méx)

    ¿a poco no lees los periódicos? — don't you read the newspapers?

    de a poco — (AmL) gradually

    en poco: en poco estuvo que no viniéramos we almost didn't come; tienen en poco la vida ajena they set little value on other people's lives; me tienes bien en poco si crees que... you can't think very highly o much of me if you think...; poco a poco gradually; poco más o menos approximately, roughly; poco menos que nearly; poco menos que la mata (fam) he almost killed her; poco menos que los echan a patadas (fam) they practically kicked them out; por poco — nearly

    * * *
    = little [less -comp., least -sup.], low [lower -comp., lowest -sup.], scant, trifle, tad, little in the way of.
    Ex. Explanatory references give a little more explanation as to why the link between two names is being made in the catalogue or index.
    Ex. Carlton Duncan discussed the difficulties built into the educational processes which led to under-performance at school and the resulting low representation in higher education and low entry into the professions.
    Ex. Scant attention is paid to evaluation and the needs of users.
    Ex. She had been a trifle nervous until it was formally announced that the position was hers.
    Ex. Williams is one of those rare poets who satisfies the yearning that many of us have for the memorable phrase we wish we had said were our perceptions a tad keener.
    Ex. Without any significant restructuring, the LIS programme in Iran will provide little in the way of riding out the rapid transition that the field is currently experiencing.
    ----
    * abultar poco = be skimpy.
    * acercarse poco a poco (a) = edge (toward(s)).
    * actuar con poca consideración hacia = play + fast and loose with.
    * agua poco profunda = shallow water.
    * aguas poco profundas = shallows.
    * alimentos poco saludables = unhealthy foods.
    * a poca distancia = not far behind.
    * a poca distancia andando = within walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.
    * a pocos minutos andando = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * avanzar poco a poco (hacia) = edge (toward(s)).
    * cada pocos años = every few years.
    * comida poco saludable = unhealthy foods.
    * comportamiento poco cívico = uncivic behaviour.
    * con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].
    * con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom.
    * con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions.
    * con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con poca claridad = indistinctly.
    * con poca exactitud = loosely.
    * con poca experiencia = inexperienced.
    * con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.
    * con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.
    * con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.
    * con poca población = thinly populated.
    * con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.
    * con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].
    * con poco dinero = on the cheap.
    * con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.
    * con pocos recursos = under-resourced.
    * con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.
    * consumir poco a poco = eat away at.
    * con tan poca antelación = at such short notice.
    * con tan poca anticipación = at such short notice.
    * correr poco a poco = eat away at.
    * cuestiones poco claras = grey area [gray area].
    * de forma poco ética = unethically.
    * de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.
    * de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    Ex. When the security services carry out acts of terror, they employ patsies who often are petty criminals or people who are mentally backward or mentally unstable.
    ----
    * de manera poco ética = unethically.
    * de manera poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    * demasiado poco común = all too rare.
    * de modo poco imaginativo = unimaginatively.
    * dentro de poco = before long.
    * de población poco densa = sparsely populated.
    * de poca importancia = menial, small-time.
    * de poca monta = hack, small-time.
    * de pocas luces = dim [dimmer -comp., dimmest -sup.], dim-witted [dimwitted].
    * de poco impacto = low impact [low-impact].
    * de poco peso = pat, feeble.
    * de poco provecho = fruitless.
    * de poco uso = low-use.
    * de poco valor = a dime a dozen.
    * desaparecer poco a poco = fade into + the sunset.
    * de todo un poco = about this and that and everything else, about this and that.
    * de un modo poco constructivo = unconstructively.
    * de un modo poco económico = wastefully.
    * de un modo poco natural = unnaturally.
    * donde cabe mucho también cabe poco = what holds a lot will hold a little.
    * durar poco = be short term.
    * echar poco a poco = dribble.
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en muy poco tiempo = before long.
    * en pocas palabras = simply put, in brief, to say the least, to put it (quite) simply, in short, to cut a long story short, bottom line, the, put simply, to make a long story short, the short story + be, simply stated.
    * en poco tiempo = before very long, in quite a short time, in a short time, in a short span of time.
    * en unos pocos años = within a few years.
    * estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.
    * estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].
    * estar un poco anticuado = be some years old.
    * excusa poco convincente = lame excuse.
    * faltar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).
    * faltar un poco = be some way off.
    * gente de poca importancia = small fry, the.
    * haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....
    * hacer poco = do + little.
    * hacer que sea poco probable = render + unlikely.
    * hace unos pocos años = a few years ago.
    * hace unos pocos días = a few days ago.
    * hasta hace muy poco = until recently, up until recently.
    * hasta hace relativamente poco tiempo = until relatively recently.
    * horas de poca actividad = slack hours.
    * horas de poco movimiento = slack hours.
    * introducirse poco a poco = ease + Reflexivo + in.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * llegar poco a poco = dribble in.
    * lo poco común = rarity, rareness.
    * mucho ruido para pocas nueces = much ado about nothing.
    * mucho ruido y pocas nueces = storm in a teacup, Posesivo + bark is worse than + Posesivo + bite.
    * muchos jefes y pocos trabajadores = too many chiefs and not enough Indians.
    * muy poco = minimally.
    * ofrecer poco = low-ball.
    * operación de poca monta = one-room, one-person operation.
    * pagando un poco más = at additional cost.
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * pasar poco a poco = slide into.
    * período de poca actividad = slack time.
    * perro ladrador, poco mordedor = barking dogs seldom bite, Posesivo + bark is worse than + Posesivo + bite.
    * poca cantidad = trickle.
    * poca cosa = small fry, the.
    * poca iluminación = poor lighting.
    * poca importancia = unimportance, low profile.
    * poca notoriedad = low profile.
    * poca probabilidad = slim chance.
    * poca severidad = lenience, leniency.
    * pocas expectativas = low expectation.
    * poca utilidad = unhelpfulness.
    * poco abundante = light [lighter -comp., lightest -sup.].
    * poco accesible = unapproachable.
    * poco acertado = clumsy [clumsier -comp., clumsiest -sup.], injudicious.
    * poco acogedor = inhospitable.
    * poco aconsejable = unwise, inadvisable.
    * poco adecuado = unsuited, unsuitable, inapt.
    * poco + Adjetivo = slightly + Adjetivo, less than + Adjetivo.
    * poco afortunado = unhappy, ill-favoured [ill-favored, -USA].
    * poco agraciado = ill-favoured [ill-favored, -USA].
    * poco amable = off-putting, surly [surlier -comp., surliest -sup.], crusty [crustier -comp., crustiest -sup.], unkind.
    * poco americano = un-American.
    * poco amistoso = off-putting, unfriendly.
    * poco antes de + Fecha = shortly before + Fecha.
    * poco a poco = gradually, piecemeal, slowly, incrementally, at a snail's pace, little by little, bit by bit.
    * poco apreciado = unappreciated.
    * poco apropiado = unsuited, unsuitable, inapt.
    * poco apto = inapt.
    * poco arriesgado = low-risk.
    * poco asequible = unapproachable.
    * poco atractivo = off-putting, unattractive, unglamorous, uninviting, unappealing.
    * poco atrevido = unadventurous.
    * poco audaz = unadventurous.
    * poco aventurero = unadventurous.
    * poco cabelleroso = ungentlemanlike.
    * poco cálido = lukewarm.
    * poco científico = hit-or-miss, unscientific.
    * poco cívico = uncivic.
    * poco claro = confusing, fuzzy [fuzzier - comp., fuzziest -sup.], indistinct, obscure, unclear, untidy, hazy, inconclusive, slurred, clouded, blurry [blurrier -comp., blurriest -sup.], undistinguished, uncleared, indistinctive, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * poco colaborador = unresponsive.
    * poco comercial = uncommercial.
    * poco competitivo = uncompetitive.
    * poco complicado = uncomplicated, uncomplicatedly.
    * poco comprensivo = unsympathetic.
    * poco común = rare, unfamiliar, unusual, uncommon, unordinary, out of the ordinary.
    * poco comunicativo = uncommunicative, reserved.
    * poco confortable = uncomfortable.
    * poco conocido = obscure, little known.
    * poco convencido = unconvinced.
    * poco convencional = unconventional.
    * poco convincente = unconvincing, inconclusive, pat, feeble.
    * poco convincentemente = unconvincingly.
    * poco correcto = ungentlemanlike.
    * poco cortés = impolite, ungentlemanlike.
    * poco culto = unenlightened.
    * poco decidido = half-hearted [halfhearted].
    * poco definido = blurry [blurrier -comp., blurriest -sup.], bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * poco denso = rarefied.
    * poco deportivo = unsportsmanlike.
    * poco después = soon afterwards, shortly afterwards, shortly after, not long after.
    * poco después de = soon after (that), shortly after.
    * poco después de que = shortly after.
    * poco diestro = poor-ability.
    * poco diplomático = indiscreet.
    * poco dispuesto = disinclined.
    * poco dispuesto a colaborar = uncooperative.
    * poco ducho en las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.
    * poco económico = uneconomical.
    * poco efectivo = ineffectual.
    * poco eficaz = non-efficient.
    * poco elegante = inelegant, awkward, dowdy [dowdier -comp., dowdiest -sup.].
    * poco embarazoso = unembarrassing.
    * poco entusiasta = half-hearted [halfhearted], lukewarm.
    * poco envidiable = unenviable.
    * poco estable = unsettled.
    * poco estético = unaesthetic.
    * poco estimulador = unchallenging.
    * poco estimulante = unexciting, uninspiring, unmoving.
    * poco estricto = lax.
    * poco ético = unethical.
    * poco evidente = unnoticed, unnoted.
    * poco exigente = untaxing, undemanding.
    * poco favorable = unpromising.
    * poco favorecedor = unflattering.
    * poco fiable = unreliable, undependable, flaky [flakey].
    * poco firme = tenuous, rocky [rockier -comp., rockiest -sup.].
    * poco flexible = monolithic, inelastic.
    * poco frecuente = infrequent.
    * poco fructífero = unfruitful.
    * poco gratificante = unrewarding, unsatisfying.
    * poco grato = unwelcome.
    * poco hábil = poor-ability.
    * poco habitual = unaccustomed.
    * poco halagador = unflattering.
    * poco halagüeño = unflattering.
    * poco hospitalario = inhospitable.
    * poco idóneo = unsuited, unsuitable, inapt.
    * poco iluminado = dimly illuminated.
    * poco imaginativo = unimaginative.
    * poco importante = menial, small-time.
    * poco impresionado = unimpressed.
    * poco informativo = uninformative.
    * poco intelectual = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * poco inteligente = unintelligent.
    * poco intenso = light [lighter -comp., lightest -sup.].
    * poco interesante = dull, jackdaw, uninteresting, uninspiring, unremarkable.
    * poco juicioso = injudicious.
    * poco justificado = ill-justified.
    * poco listo = underprepared.
    * poco maduro = underripe.
    * poco más = little else.
    * poco materialista = unworldly.
    * poco memorable = forgettable.
    * poco mundano = unwordly.
    * poco natural = unnatural, stilted.
    * poco nítido = untidy.
    * poco normal = unnatural, unordinary, out of the ordinary.
    * poco novedoso = trite.
    * poco original = unoriginal.
    * poco ortodoxo = unorthodox.
    * poco poblado = thinly populated.
    * poco práctico = impractical, awkward.
    * poco preparado = underprepared.
    * poco probable = unlikely, far-fetched [farfetched].
    * poco productivo = unproductive.
    * poco profesional = amateurish, unprofessional.
    * poco profundo = shallow [shallower -comp., shallowest -sup.].
    * poco prometedor = bleak, unpromising.
    * poco propicio = unpromising, unpromising.
    * poco provechoso = fruitless, unrewarding.
    * poco prudente = ill-advised, ill-judged.
    * poco pulido = unpolished.
    * poco razonable = unreasonable.
    * poco realista = unrealistic, unreal, unwordly, way out in left field, airy-fairy.
    * poco recomendable = inadvisable.
    * poco refinado = unrefined, unpolished.
    * poco rentable = uneconomical.
    * poco representativo = unrepresentative.
    * poco romántico = unromantic.
    * poco sabido = little known.
    * poco saludable = unwholesome, insalubrious.
    * poco sano = unwholesome, insalubrious.
    * poco seguro = dicey [dicier -comp., diciest -sup.].
    * poco sensato = ill-advised, injudicious, ill-judged.
    * poco sentimental = unsentimental.
    * poco serio = flippant.
    * poco sincero = insincere.
    * poco sistemático = sloppy [sloppier -comp., sloppiest -sup.].
    * poco social = unsocial.
    * poco sofisticado = elementary, unsophisticated, corn-fed.
    * poco sólido = insubstantial.
    * poco tiempo = short while, short time.
    * poco tiempo después = shortly afterwards.
    * poco tradicional = untraditional.
    * poco unido = loosely knit.
    * poco uniforme = patchy [patchier -comp., patchiest -sup.].
    * poco usado = little-used.
    * poco usual = unusual.
    * poco útil = clumsy [clumsier -comp., clumsiest -sup.], unhelpful.
    * poquito a poco = little by little.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar uno pocos = just to name a few.
    * por nombrar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por nombrar unos pocos = to name a few.
    * por poco dinero = cheaply.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por si era poco = for good measure.
    * por si fuera poco = to boot, for good measure, to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * prestar poca atención a = give + little thought to.
    * pretexto poco convincente = lame excuse.
    * quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).
    * quedar un poco = be some way off.
    * quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * que ocupa poco espacio = space-saving.
    * qué poco común = how odd.
    * quien mucho abarca poco aprieta = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.
    * reducirse poco a poco = dribble off.
    * resultar poco fructífero = prove + unfruitful.
    * roer poco a poco = eat away at.
    * saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * sacar poco a poco = tease out.
    * salir un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * sangre poco espesa = thin blood.
    * ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.
    * ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser de poco valor = be of little use, be of little value.
    * ser muy poco probable = be remote.
    * ser poco = be under-provided.
    * ser poco agradecido = be thankless.
    * ser poco eficaz = do + little.
    * ser poco reconocido = be thankless.
    * ser pocos = be few in number, be small in number.
    * ser un hecho poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser un hecho poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * servir de poco = be of little use.
    * servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.
    * solución poco real = pie in the sky solution.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * trabajo de poca monta = odd-job.
    * un hombre de pocas palabras = a man of few words.
    * unos pocos elegidos = a select few.
    * un poco = a bit, somewhat, slightly, something of, a little bit, kinda [kind of].
    * un poco áspero = roughish.
    * un poco como = kind of like.
    * un poco de = a measure of, a touch (of), a bit of, a piece of, a spot of, a splash of, a hint of.
    * un poco + Nombre = a shade + Nombre.
    * un poco obscuro = dusky.
    * un poco perdido = a bit at sea.
    * un poco rugoso = roughish.
    * usado con poca frecuencia = seldom used [seldom-used].
    * usuario que hace poco uso del préstamo = light borrower.
    * utilizar poco = underutilise/under-utilise [underutilize/under-utilize, -USA].
    * vivienda poco digna = poor housing.
    * y poco más = and little more.
    * * *
    I

    ... con lo poco que le gusta el arroz —... and he doesn't even like rice; para locs ver poco III 4)

    II
    - ca adjetivo ( con sustantivos no numerables) little; ( en plural) few

    qué poco sentido común tienes! — you don't have much common sense, do you?

    fue asombroso, todo lo que te pueda decir es poco — it was amazing, I can't (even) begin to tell you

    III
    - ca pronombre
    1) (poca cantidad, poca cosa)

    por poco que gane... — no matter how little o however little she earns...

    compra más lentejas, nos quedan muy pocas — buy some more lentils, we've hardly any left

    a poco de venir él — soon o shortly after he came

    poco antes de que... — a short while o shortly before...

    b)

    un poco de: un poco de pimienta/vino a little (bit of) pepper/wine; come un poco de jamón — have a bit of ham

    c)

    un poco + adj/adv: un poco caro/tarde — a bit o a little expensive/late

    a poco — (Méx)

    ¿a poco no lees los periódicos? — don't you read the newspapers?

    de a poco — (AmL) gradually

    en poco: en poco estuvo que no viniéramos we almost didn't come; tienen en poco la vida ajena they set little value on other people's lives; me tienes bien en poco si crees que... you can't think very highly o much of me if you think...; poco a poco gradually; poco más o menos approximately, roughly; poco menos que nearly; poco menos que la mata (fam) he almost killed her; poco menos que los echan a patadas (fam) they practically kicked them out; por poco — nearly

    * * *
    = little [less -comp., least -sup.], low [lower -comp., lowest -sup.], scant, trifle, tad, little in the way of.

    Ex: Explanatory references give a little more explanation as to why the link between two names is being made in the catalogue or index.

    Ex: Carlton Duncan discussed the difficulties built into the educational processes which led to under-performance at school and the resulting low representation in higher education and low entry into the professions.
    Ex: Scant attention is paid to evaluation and the needs of users.
    Ex: She had been a trifle nervous until it was formally announced that the position was hers.
    Ex: Williams is one of those rare poets who satisfies the yearning that many of us have for the memorable phrase we wish we had said were our perceptions a tad keener.
    Ex: Without any significant restructuring, the LIS programme in Iran will provide little in the way of riding out the rapid transition that the field is currently experiencing.
    * abultar poco = be skimpy.
    * acercarse poco a poco (a) = edge (toward(s)).
    * actuar con poca consideración hacia = play + fast and loose with.
    * agua poco profunda = shallow water.
    * aguas poco profundas = shallows.
    * alimentos poco saludables = unhealthy foods.
    * a poca distancia = not far behind.
    * a poca distancia andando = within walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.
    * a pocos minutos andando = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * avanzar poco a poco (hacia) = edge (toward(s)).
    * cada pocos años = every few years.
    * comida poco saludable = unhealthy foods.
    * comportamiento poco cívico = uncivic behaviour.
    * con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].
    * con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom.
    * con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions.
    * con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con poca claridad = indistinctly.
    * con poca exactitud = loosely.
    * con poca experiencia = inexperienced.
    * con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.
    * con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.
    * con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.
    * con poca población = thinly populated.
    * con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.
    * con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].
    * con poco dinero = on the cheap.
    * con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.
    * con pocos recursos = under-resourced.
    * con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.
    * consumir poco a poco = eat away at.
    * con tan poca antelación = at such short notice.
    * con tan poca anticipación = at such short notice.
    * correr poco a poco = eat away at.
    * cuestiones poco claras = grey area [gray area].
    * de forma poco ética = unethically.
    * de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.
    * de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    Ex: When the security services carry out acts of terror, they employ patsies who often are petty criminals or people who are mentally backward or mentally unstable.
    * de manera poco ética = unethically.
    * de manera poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    * demasiado poco común = all too rare.
    * de modo poco imaginativo = unimaginatively.
    * dentro de poco = before long.
    * de población poco densa = sparsely populated.
    * de poca importancia = menial, small-time.
    * de poca monta = hack, small-time.
    * de pocas luces = dim [dimmer -comp., dimmest -sup.], dim-witted [dimwitted].
    * de poco impacto = low impact [low-impact].
    * de poco peso = pat, feeble.
    * de poco provecho = fruitless.
    * de poco uso = low-use.
    * de poco valor = a dime a dozen.
    * desaparecer poco a poco = fade into + the sunset.
    * de todo un poco = about this and that and everything else, about this and that.
    * de un modo poco constructivo = unconstructively.
    * de un modo poco económico = wastefully.
    * de un modo poco natural = unnaturally.
    * donde cabe mucho también cabe poco = what holds a lot will hold a little.
    * durar poco = be short term.
    * echar poco a poco = dribble.
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en muy poco tiempo = before long.
    * en pocas palabras = simply put, in brief, to say the least, to put it (quite) simply, in short, to cut a long story short, bottom line, the, put simply, to make a long story short, the short story + be, simply stated.
    * en poco tiempo = before very long, in quite a short time, in a short time, in a short span of time.
    * en unos pocos años = within a few years.
    * estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.
    * estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].
    * estar un poco anticuado = be some years old.
    * excusa poco convincente = lame excuse.
    * faltar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).
    * faltar un poco = be some way off.
    * gente de poca importancia = small fry, the.
    * haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....
    * hacer poco = do + little.
    * hacer que sea poco probable = render + unlikely.
    * hace unos pocos años = a few years ago.
    * hace unos pocos días = a few days ago.
    * hasta hace muy poco = until recently, up until recently.
    * hasta hace relativamente poco tiempo = until relatively recently.
    * horas de poca actividad = slack hours.
    * horas de poco movimiento = slack hours.
    * introducirse poco a poco = ease + Reflexivo + in.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * llegar poco a poco = dribble in.
    * lo poco común = rarity, rareness.
    * mucho ruido para pocas nueces = much ado about nothing.
    * mucho ruido y pocas nueces = storm in a teacup, Posesivo + bark is worse than + Posesivo + bite.
    * muchos jefes y pocos trabajadores = too many chiefs and not enough Indians.
    * muy poco = minimally.
    * ofrecer poco = low-ball.
    * operación de poca monta = one-room, one-person operation.
    * pagando un poco más = at additional cost.
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * pasar poco a poco = slide into.
    * período de poca actividad = slack time.
    * perro ladrador, poco mordedor = barking dogs seldom bite, Posesivo + bark is worse than + Posesivo + bite.
    * poca cantidad = trickle.
    * poca cosa = small fry, the.
    * poca iluminación = poor lighting.
    * poca importancia = unimportance, low profile.
    * poca notoriedad = low profile.
    * poca probabilidad = slim chance.
    * poca severidad = lenience, leniency.
    * pocas expectativas = low expectation.
    * poca utilidad = unhelpfulness.
    * poco abundante = light [lighter -comp., lightest -sup.].
    * poco accesible = unapproachable.
    * poco acertado = clumsy [clumsier -comp., clumsiest -sup.], injudicious.
    * poco acogedor = inhospitable.
    * poco aconsejable = unwise, inadvisable.
    * poco adecuado = unsuited, unsuitable, inapt.
    * poco + Adjetivo = slightly + Adjetivo, less than + Adjetivo.
    * poco afortunado = unhappy, ill-favoured [ill-favored, -USA].
    * poco agraciado = ill-favoured [ill-favored, -USA].
    * poco amable = off-putting, surly [surlier -comp., surliest -sup.], crusty [crustier -comp., crustiest -sup.], unkind.
    * poco americano = un-American.
    * poco amistoso = off-putting, unfriendly.
    * poco antes de + Fecha = shortly before + Fecha.
    * poco a poco = gradually, piecemeal, slowly, incrementally, at a snail's pace, little by little, bit by bit.
    * poco apreciado = unappreciated.
    * poco apropiado = unsuited, unsuitable, inapt.
    * poco apto = inapt.
    * poco arriesgado = low-risk.
    * poco asequible = unapproachable.
    * poco atractivo = off-putting, unattractive, unglamorous, uninviting, unappealing.
    * poco atrevido = unadventurous.
    * poco audaz = unadventurous.
    * poco aventurero = unadventurous.
    * poco cabelleroso = ungentlemanlike.
    * poco cálido = lukewarm.
    * poco científico = hit-or-miss, unscientific.
    * poco cívico = uncivic.
    * poco claro = confusing, fuzzy [fuzzier - comp., fuzziest -sup.], indistinct, obscure, unclear, untidy, hazy, inconclusive, slurred, clouded, blurry [blurrier -comp., blurriest -sup.], undistinguished, uncleared, indistinctive, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * poco colaborador = unresponsive.
    * poco comercial = uncommercial.
    * poco competitivo = uncompetitive.
    * poco complicado = uncomplicated, uncomplicatedly.
    * poco comprensivo = unsympathetic.
    * poco común = rare, unfamiliar, unusual, uncommon, unordinary, out of the ordinary.
    * poco comunicativo = uncommunicative, reserved.
    * poco confortable = uncomfortable.
    * poco conocido = obscure, little known.
    * poco convencido = unconvinced.
    * poco convencional = unconventional.
    * poco convincente = unconvincing, inconclusive, pat, feeble.
    * poco convincentemente = unconvincingly.
    * poco correcto = ungentlemanlike.
    * poco cortés = impolite, ungentlemanlike.
    * poco culto = unenlightened.
    * poco decidido = half-hearted [halfhearted].
    * poco definido = blurry [blurrier -comp., blurriest -sup.], bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * poco denso = rarefied.
    * poco deportivo = unsportsmanlike.
    * poco después = soon afterwards, shortly afterwards, shortly after, not long after.
    * poco después de = soon after (that), shortly after.
    * poco después de que = shortly after.
    * poco diestro = poor-ability.
    * poco diplomático = indiscreet.
    * poco dispuesto = disinclined.
    * poco dispuesto a colaborar = uncooperative.
    * poco ducho en las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.
    * poco económico = uneconomical.
    * poco efectivo = ineffectual.
    * poco eficaz = non-efficient.
    * poco elegante = inelegant, awkward, dowdy [dowdier -comp., dowdiest -sup.].
    * poco embarazoso = unembarrassing.
    * poco entusiasta = half-hearted [halfhearted], lukewarm.
    * poco envidiable = unenviable.
    * poco estable = unsettled.
    * poco estético = unaesthetic.
    * poco estimulador = unchallenging.
    * poco estimulante = unexciting, uninspiring, unmoving.
    * poco estricto = lax.
    * poco ético = unethical.
    * poco evidente = unnoticed, unnoted.
    * poco exigente = untaxing, undemanding.
    * poco favorable = unpromising.
    * poco favorecedor = unflattering.
    * poco fiable = unreliable, undependable, flaky [flakey].
    * poco firme = tenuous, rocky [rockier -comp., rockiest -sup.].
    * poco flexible = monolithic, inelastic.
    * poco frecuente = infrequent.
    * poco fructífero = unfruitful.
    * poco gratificante = unrewarding, unsatisfying.
    * poco grato = unwelcome.
    * poco hábil = poor-ability.
    * poco habitual = unaccustomed.
    * poco halagador = unflattering.
    * poco halagüeño = unflattering.
    * poco hospitalario = inhospitable.
    * poco idóneo = unsuited, unsuitable, inapt.
    * poco iluminado = dimly illuminated.
    * poco imaginativo = unimaginative.
    * poco importante = menial, small-time.
    * poco impresionado = unimpressed.
    * poco informativo = uninformative.
    * poco intelectual = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * poco inteligente = unintelligent.
    * poco intenso = light [lighter -comp., lightest -sup.].
    * poco interesante = dull, jackdaw, uninteresting, uninspiring, unremarkable.
    * poco juicioso = injudicious.
    * poco justificado = ill-justified.
    * poco listo = underprepared.
    * poco maduro = underripe.
    * poco más = little else.
    * poco materialista = unworldly.
    * poco memorable = forgettable.
    * poco mundano = unwordly.
    * poco natural = unnatural, stilted.
    * poco nítido = untidy.
    * poco normal = unnatural, unordinary, out of the ordinary.
    * poco novedoso = trite.
    * poco original = unoriginal.
    * poco ortodoxo = unorthodox.
    * poco poblado = thinly populated.
    * poco práctico = impractical, awkward.
    * poco preparado = underprepared.
    * poco probable = unlikely, far-fetched [farfetched].
    * poco productivo = unproductive.
    * poco profesional = amateurish, unprofessional.
    * poco profundo = shallow [shallower -comp., shallowest -sup.].
    * poco prometedor = bleak, unpromising.
    * poco propicio = unpromising, unpromising.
    * poco provechoso = fruitless, unrewarding.
    * poco prudente = ill-advised, ill-judged.
    * poco pulido = unpolished.
    * poco razonable = unreasonable.
    * poco realista = unrealistic, unreal, unwordly, way out in left field, airy-fairy.
    * poco recomendable = inadvisable.
    * poco refinado = unrefined, unpolished.
    * poco rentable = uneconomical.
    * poco representativo = unrepresentative.
    * poco romántico = unromantic.
    * poco sabido = little known.
    * poco saludable = unwholesome, insalubrious.
    * poco sano = unwholesome, insalubrious.
    * poco seguro = dicey [dicier -comp., diciest -sup.].
    * poco sensato = ill-advised, injudicious, ill-judged.
    * poco sentimental = unsentimental.
    * poco serio = flippant.
    * poco sincero = insincere.
    * poco sistemático = sloppy [sloppier -comp., sloppiest -sup.].
    * poco social = unsocial.
    * poco sofisticado = elementary, unsophisticated, corn-fed.
    * poco sólido = insubstantial.
    * poco tiempo = short while, short time.
    * poco tiempo después = shortly afterwards.
    * poco tradicional = untraditional.
    * poco unido = loosely knit.
    * poco uniforme = patchy [patchier -comp., patchiest -sup.].
    * poco usado = little-used.
    * poco usual = unusual.
    * poco útil = clumsy [clumsier -comp., clumsiest -sup.], unhelpful.
    * poquito a poco = little by little.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar uno pocos = just to name a few.
    * por nombrar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por nombrar unos pocos = to name a few.
    * por poco dinero = cheaply.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por si era poco = for good measure.
    * por si fuera poco = to boot, for good measure, to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * prestar poca atención a = give + little thought to.
    * pretexto poco convincente = lame excuse.
    * quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).
    * quedar un poco = be some way off.
    * quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * que ocupa poco espacio = space-saving.
    * qué poco común = how odd.
    * quien mucho abarca poco aprieta = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.
    * reducirse poco a poco = dribble off.
    * resultar poco fructífero = prove + unfruitful.
    * roer poco a poco = eat away at.
    * saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * sacar poco a poco = tease out.
    * salir un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * sangre poco espesa = thin blood.
    * ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.
    * ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser de poco valor = be of little use, be of little value.
    * ser muy poco probable = be remote.
    * ser poco = be under-provided.
    * ser poco agradecido = be thankless.
    * ser poco eficaz = do + little.
    * ser poco reconocido = be thankless.
    * ser pocos = be few in number, be small in number.
    * ser un hecho poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser un hecho poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * servir de poco = be of little use.
    * servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.
    * solución poco real = pie in the sky solution.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * trabajo de poca monta = odd-job.
    * un hombre de pocas palabras = a man of few words.
    * unos pocos elegidos = a select few.
    * un poco = a bit, somewhat, slightly, something of, a little bit, kinda [kind of].
    * un poco áspero = roughish.
    * un poco como = kind of like.
    * un poco de = a measure of, a touch (of), a bit of, a piece of, a spot of, a splash of, a hint of.
    * un poco + Nombre = a shade + Nombre.
    * un poco obscuro = dusky.
    * un poco perdido = a bit at sea.
    * un poco rugoso = roughish.
    * usado con poca frecuencia = seldom used [seldom-used].
    * usuario que hace poco uso del préstamo = light borrower.
    * utilizar poco = underutilise/under-utilise [underutilize/under-utilize, -USA].
    * vivienda poco digna = poor housing.
    * y poco más = and little more.

    * * *
    es muy poco agradecido he is very ungrateful, he isn't at all grateful
    es un autor muy poco conocido he is a very little-known author
    me resultó poco interesante I didn't find it very interesting, I found it rather uninteresting
    habla poco he doesn't say much o a lot
    duerme poquísimo she sleeps very little, she doesn't sleep very much
    viene muy poco por aquí he hardly ever comes around
    poco y nada me ayudaron they hardly helped me at all
    … con lo poco que le gusta el arroz … and he doesn't even like rice
    para locs ver poco3 pron D. (↑ poco (3))
    poco2 -ca
    muy poco vino very little wine
    muy pocos niños very few children
    hemos tenido muy poca suerte we've been very unlucky, we've had very little luck
    ¡qué poco sentido común tienes! you don't have much common sense, do you?
    tengo muy poca ropa I have hardly any clothes, I have very few clothes
    a poca gente se le presenta esa oportunidad not many people get that opportunity
    hay muy pocas mujeres en el gremio there are very few women in the trade
    éramos demasiado pocos there were too few of us, there weren't enough of us
    fue asombroso, todo lo que te pueda decir es poco it was amazing, I can't begin to tell you
    a esta mujer todo le parece poco this woman is never satisfied
    me he olvidado del poco francés/de las pocas palabras que sabía I've forgotten the little French/the few words I knew
    le dio unos pocos pesos she gave him a few pesos
    poco3 -ca
    A
    (poca cantidad, poca cosa): le serví sopa pero comió poca I gave her some soup but she only ate a little o she didn't eat much
    sírvele poco, desayunó muy tarde don't give him (too) much, he had a late breakfast
    por poco que gane, siempre es otro sueldo no matter how little o however little she earns o even if she doesn't earn much, it's still another salary coming in
    se conforma con poco he's easily satisfied
    poco y nada saqué en limpio de lo que dijo what he said made little or no sense to me
    lo poco que gana se lo gasta en vino he spends the little o what little he earns on wine
    compra más lentejas, nos quedan muy pocas buy some more lentils, we've hardly any left o we have very few left
    es un profesor como pocos there aren't many teachers like him
    pocos pueden permitirse ese lujo not many people can afford to do that
    B
    poco (refiriéndose a tiempo): lo vi hace poco I saw him recently o not long ago
    hace muy poco que lo conoce she hasn't known him for very long, she's only known him a little while
    tardó poco en pintar la cocina it didn't take him long to paint the kitchen
    falta poco para las navidades it's not long till Christmas, Christmas isn't far off
    a poco de terminar el bombardeo soon o shortly after the bombing stopped
    dentro de poco sale otro tren there'll be another train soon o shortly
    poco antes de que ella se fuera a short while o shortly before she left
    C
    ¿te sirvo un poco? would you like a little o some?
    descansemos un poco let's rest for a while, let's have a little rest
    espera un poquito wait a little while
    todavía le duele un poquitín or poquitito it still hurts him a little
    2
    un poco de: ponle un poco de pimienta/vino add a little (bit of) pepper/wine
    tiene un poco de fiebre he has a slight fever, he has a bit of a temperature o a slight temperature ( BrE)
    come un poco de jamón have a bit of o some o a little ham
    3
    un poco (hasta cierto punto): es un poco lo que está pasando en Japón it's rather like what's happening in Japan
    un poco porque me dio lástima partly because I felt sorry for him
    4 un poco + ADJ/ADV:
    un poco caro/tarde a bit o a little expensive/late
    me queda un poco corto it's a bit short o a little short o slightly too short (for me)
    habla un poco más fuerte speak up a bit o a little
    D ( en locs):
    a poco ( Méx): ¿a poco no lees los periódicos? don't you read the newspapers?
    ¡a poco no está fabuloso Acapulco! isn't Acapulco just fantastic!
    ¡a poco ganaron! don't tell me they won!
    nos sacamos el gordo de la lotería — ¡a poco ! we won the big lottery prize — you didn't!
    de a poco ( AmL); gradually
    agrégale la leche de a poquito add the milk gradually o a little at a time
    de a poquito se lo fue comiendo little by little o slowly she ate it all up
    en poco: en poco estuvo que nos ganaran they came very close to beating us, they very nearly beat us
    en poco estuvo que no viniéramos we almost didn't come
    tienen en poco la vida ajena they set little value on other people's lives
    me tienes bien en poco si me crees capaz de eso you can't think very highly o much of me if you think I could do such a thing
    poco a poco or ( Méx) a poquito gradually
    poco a poco la fueron arreglando they gradually fixed it up, they fixed it up little by little
    poco más o menos approximately, roughly
    habrán gastado unos dos millones, poco más o menos they must have spent in the neighborhood o ( BrE) region of two million
    es poco menos que imposible it's well-nigh o almost o very nearly impossible
    le pegó una paliza que poco menos que la mata ( fam); he gave her such a beating he almost o nearly killed her
    poco menos que los echan a patadas ( fam); they practically kicked them out
    por poco nearly
    por poco nos descubren we were nearly found out
    * * *

     

    poco 1 adverbio:
    ◊ habla poco he doesn't say much o a lot;

    es muy poco agradecido he is very ungrateful;
    un autor muy poco conocido a very little-known author;
    viene muy poco por aquí he hardly ever comes around;
    para locs ver poco 2 4
    poco 2 -ca adjetivo ( con sustantivos no numerables) little;

    ( en plural) few;

    muy pocos niños very few children;
    había poquísimos coches there were hardly any cars
    ■ pronombre
    1 (poca cantidad, poca cosa):

    por poco que gane … no matter how little o however little she earns …;
    se conforma con poco he's easily satisfied;
    todo le parece poco she is never satisfied;
    pocos quisieron ayudar few were willing to help;
    pocos pueden permitirse ese lujo not many people can afford to do that
    2
    ◊ poco ( refiriéndose a tiempo): lo vi hace poco I saw him recently o not long ago;

    hace muy poco que lo conoce she hasn't known him for very long;
    tardó poco en hacerlo it didn't take him long to do it;
    falta poco para las navidades it's not long till Christmas;
    a poco de venir él soon o shortly after he came;
    dentro de poco soon;
    poco antes de que … a short while o shortly before …
    3
    ◊ un poco


    ( refiriéndose a tiempo) a while;
    ◊ dame un poco I'll have some o a little;

    espera un poco wait a while
    b)


    c) un poco + adj/adv:

    ◊ un poco caro/tarde a bit o a little expensive/late

    4 ( en locs)
    ◊ a poco (Méx): ¡a poco no está fabuloso Acapulco! isn't Acapulco just fantastic!;

    ¡a poco ganaron! don't tell me they won!;
    de a poco (AmL) gradually, little by little;
    poco a poco gradually;
    poco más o menos approximately, roughly;
    por poco nearly
    poco,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (con el sustantivo en singular) not much, little: tengo poco apetito, I haven't got much appetite
    2 (con el sustantivo en plural) not many, few: conozco pocos lugares de Italia, I don't know many places in Italy
    II pron (singular) little, not much
    (plural) (objetos) few, not many
    (personas) few people, not many people ➣ Ver nota en few
    III adverbio
    1 (con verbo) not (very) much, little: entiendo poco del tema, I don't understand much about the issue
    2 (con adjetivo) not very: está poco claro, it's not very clear
    3 (de tiempo) hace poco que nos conocemos, we met a short time ago
    IV sustantivo masculino
    1 (acompañado de adjetivo o adverbio) lo noté un poco molesto, I thought he was a bit annoyed
    tendré que hacerlo un poco después, I'll have to do it a little later
    2 (acompañando a un sustantivo) dame un poco de agua, give me a little water ➣ Ver nota en little
    ♦ Locuciones: a poco de, shortly after
    dentro de poco, soon
    poco a poco, little by little, gradually
    poco antes/después, shortly before/afterwards
    por poco, almost
    ' poco' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abreviar
    - aclimatarse
    - adelgazar
    - aguantar
    - ahora
    - alcornoque
    - alentador
    - alentadora
    - algo
    - antes
    - apercibirse
    - bagatela
    - baja
    - bajo
    - brusca
    - brusco
    - bruta
    - bruto
    - buscar
    - calentar
    - cargada
    - cargado
    - cascada
    - cascado
    - cerebral
    - chapucera
    - chapucero
    - chispa
    - clara
    - claro
    - común
    - cruda
    - crudo
    - cualquiera
    - de
    - dentro
    - descuidada
    - descuidado
    - descuidarse
    - desigual
    - desmoronada
    - desmoronado
    - despatarrarse
    - despistada
    - despistado
    - despreciable
    - después
    - desvaído
    - disipar
    - dudosa
    English:
    accomplice
    - add to
    - adjust
    - aerial
    - after
    - afterwards
    - along
    - aloof
    - amateurish
    - balding
    - bark
    - belly
    - bit
    - black
    - blind
    - blow up
    - boot
    - by
    - can
    - careless
    - chat
    - comedown
    - confusing
    - cowboy
    - degree
    - derivative
    - desultory
    - disagreement
    - disingenuous
    - diving
    - do
    - dodgy
    - doubtful
    - dowdy
    - earthy
    - easy-going
    - edge
    - effect
    - element
    - evasion
    - exist
    - expect
    - fall apart
    - far-fetched
    - fine
    - flippant
    - forge
    - furnish
    - fuzzy
    - gradually
    * * *
    poco, -a
    ♦ adj
    (singular) little, not much; (plural) few, not many;
    de poca importancia of little importance;
    poca agua not much water;
    pocas personas lo saben few o not many people know it;
    hay pocos árboles there aren't many trees;
    tenemos poco tiempo we don't have much time;
    hace poco tiempo not long ago;
    dame unos pocos días give me a few days;
    esto ocurre pocas veces this rarely happens, this doesn't happen often;
    tengo pocas ganas de ir I don't really o much feel like going;
    poca sal me parece que le estás echando I don't think you're putting enough salt in, I think you're putting too little salt in;
    con lo poco que le gusta la ópera, y la han invitado a La Traviata it's ironic, considering how she dislikes opera, that they should have invited her to see La Traviata
    ♦ pron
    1. [escasa cantidad] (singular) little, not much;
    * * *
    I adj sg little, not much; pl few, not many;
    un poco de a little;
    unos pocos a few
    II adv little;
    trabaja poco he doesn’t work much;
    ahora se ve muy poco it’s seldom seen now;
    estuvo poco por aquí he wasn’t around much;
    poco conocido little known;
    poco a poco little by little;
    dentro de poco soon, shortly;
    hace poco a short time ago, not long ago;
    desde hace poco (for) a short while;
    por poco nearly, almost;
    ¡a poco no lo hacemos! Méx don’t tell me we’re not doing it;
    de a poco me fui tranquilizando Rpl little by little I calmed down;
    por si fuera poco as if that weren’t o wasn’t enough
    III m
    :
    un poco a little, a bit
    * * *
    poco adv
    1) : little, not much
    poco probable: not very likely
    come poco: he doesn't eat much
    2) : a short time, a while
    tardaremos poco: we won't be very long
    3)
    poco antes : shortly before
    4)
    poco después : shortly after
    poco, -ca adj
    1) : little, not much, (a) few
    tengo poco dinero: I don't have much money
    en no pocas ocasiones: on more than a few occasions
    poca gente: few people
    2)
    pocas veces : rarely
    poco, -ca pron
    1) : little, few
    le falta poco para terminar: he's almost finished
    uno de los pocos que quedan: one of the remaining few
    2)
    un poco : a little, a bit
    un poco de vino: a little wine
    un poco extraño: a bit strange
    3)
    ¿a poco no se te hizo difícil?: you mean you didn't find it difficult?
    4)
    de a poco : little by little
    5)
    hace poco : not long ago
    6)
    poco a poco : little by little
    7)
    dentro de poco : shortly, in a little while
    8)
    por poco : nearly, almost
    * * *
    poco1 adj
    1. (singular) not much
    2. (plural) few / not many
    tiene pocos amigos he has few friends / he hasn't got many friends
    poco2 adv
    1. (con verbos) not much
    2. (no mucho tiempo) not long
    3. (con adjetivos) not very
    poco3 n a little / a bit
    tengo de sobra, toma un poco I've got plenty, take a little
    poco4 pron
    1. (singular) not much
    compra café, que queda muy poco buy some coffee, there's not much left
    2. (plural) few / not many
    ¿cuántos vinieron? pocos how many came? not many

    Spanish-English dictionary > poco

  • 11 sentido

    adj.
    deeply felt, touching, heartfelt, moving.
    m.
    1 sense, meaning, purport.
    2 sense, each one of one's five senses.
    3 direction, course.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: sentir.
    * * *
    1 (gen) sense
    2 (significado) sense, meaning
    3 (conocimiento) consciousness
    4 (dirección) direction
    ————————
    1→ link=sentir sentir
    1 (muerte etc) deeply felt
    2 (sensible) touchy, sensitive
    1 (gen) sense
    2 (significado) sense, meaning
    3 (conocimiento) consciousness
    4 (dirección) direction
    \
    dejar a alguien sin sentido to knock somebody out
    en cierto sentido in a sense
    en sentido opuesto in the opposite direction
    hablar sin sentido to talk nonsense
    hacer algo con los cinco sentidos figurado to take great pains with something
    no tiene sentido / no tiene ningún sentido it doesn't make sense
    ¿qué sentido tiene + inf...? what's the point in/of + - ing...?
    ■ ¿qué sentido tiene hablarle si no te hace caso? what's the point of talking to him if he won't listen?
    tener sentido to make sense
    doble sentido double meaning
    sentido común common sense
    sentido de la orientación sense of direction
    sentido del humor sense of humour (US humor)
    sentido figurado figurative meaning
    * * *
    noun m.
    3) direction, way
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [carta, declaración] heartfelt

    mi más sentido pésame — my deepest sympathy, my heartfelt condolences

    2) (=dolido) hurt
    3) [carácter, persona] sensitive
    2. SM
    1) (=capacidad)
    a) [para sentir] sense
    b) [para percibir] sense

    sentido del ridículo, su sentido del ridículo le impidió hacerlo — he felt self-conscious o embarrassed so he didn't do it

    sentido práctico, tener sentido práctico — to be practical

    2) (=significado) meaning

    ¿cuál es el sentido literal de esta palabra? — what is the literal meaning of this word?

    • doble sentido — double meaning

    • sin sentido — [palabras, comentario] meaningless

    3) (=lógica) sense

    poco a poco, todo empieza a cobrar sentido — everything is gradually beginning to make sense

    • sin sentido — [crueldad, violencia] senseless

    • tener sentido — to make sense

    solo tiene sentido quejarse si así puedes conseguir lo que quieres — it only makes sense to complain if o the only point in complaining is if you can then get what you want

    no tiene sentido que te disculpes ahora — it's pointless (you) apologizing now, there's no sense o point in (you) apologizing now

    4) (=conciencia) consciousness

    • perder el sentido — to lose consciousness

    • recobrar el sentido — to regain consciousness

    5) (=dirección) direction

    • en el sentido de las agujas del reloj — clockwise

    en sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj — anti-clockwise, counterclockwise (EEUU)

    calle 1)
    6) [otras expresiones]

    • en sentido amplio — in the broad sense

    • en el buen sentido de la palabra — in the best o good sense of the word

    • en cierto sentido — in a sense

    • en ese sentido — [con nombre] to that effect; [con verbo] in that sense, in that respect

    en ese sentido no sabemos qué hacer — in that sense o respect, we don't know what to do

    • en sentido estricto — in the strict sense of the word o term

    no es, en sentido estricto, un pez de río — it's not a freshwater fish in the strict sense of the word o term, it's not strictly speaking a freshwater fish

    • en sentido figurado — in the figurative sense, figuratively

    • en sentido lato — in the broad sense

    • tomar algo en el mal sentido — to take sth the wrong way

    • en tal sentido — to that effect

    un acuerdo en tal sentido sería interpretado como una privatización — such an agreement o an agreement to that effect would be interpreted as privatization

    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    1) <palabras/carta> heartfelt; <anhelo/dolor> deep
    2) < persona>
    a) [ESTAR] (AmL) ( dolorido) hurt, offended
    b) [SER] (Esp) ( sensible) sensitive, touchy
    II
    1)
    a) (Fisiol) sense

    poner los cinco sentidos en algo — to give something one's full attention; ( ante peligro) to keep one's wits about one

    b) (noción, idea)
    2) ( conocimiento) consciousness

    recobrar el sentido — to regain consciousness, to come to, to come round

    en sentido literal/figurado — in a literal/figurative sense

    en cierto sentido... — in a sense...

    4) ( dirección) direction

    venían en sentido contrario or opuesto al nuestro — they were coming in the opposite direction to us

    calle de sentido único or (Méx) de un solo sentido — one-way street

    * * *
    = denotation, meaning, sense, drift, flavour [flavor, -USA], meaningfulness, heartfelt, respect, sense of purpose.
    Ex. In establishing subdivisions for use with the names of people or peoples consider the connotation, in addition to the denotation, of the wording and structure of the subdivision.
    Ex. The term indexing language can seem rather daunting, and has certainly had different meanings in its different incarnations.
    Ex. In some senses these could also be regarded as special classification schemes.
    Ex. The main drift of the proceedings concerned national libraries -- their role, functions and financing.
    Ex. Collected in 1907 from an oral source, this story depends for its charm and attraction on the colloquial flavour, its dialect.
    Ex. The author challenges the meaningfulness of precision and recall values as a measure of performance of a retrieval system.
    Ex. The author examines selected examples of the literature that generate conflict between cultural responsibility and artistic freedom along with a sampling of the heated and heartfelt exchange about that literature in Internet discussions.
    Ex. However, the survey developed in the current study would need to be similar in other key respects to the water quality survey developed by Carson and Mitchell = No obstante, el cuestionario desarrollado en este estudio debería parecerse en otros aspectos importantes al cuestionario desarrollado por Carson y Mitchell sobre la calidad del agua.
    Ex. This article argues that those in leadership roles bear a special responsibility for creating a sense of purpose in the organisation.
    ----
    * ¿qué sentido tiene = what is/was the point of...?.
    * aclarar el sentido = clarify + meaning.
    * carecer de sentido = be meaningless.
    * con sentido = meaningful, purposeful, in a meaningful way.
    * dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.
    * dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.
    * dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * dejar a Alguien sin sentido = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * desarrollarse en un sentido determinado = develop along + lines.
    * de sentido único = one-way.
    * devolver el sentido a la vida = put + meaning + back in + Posesivo + life.
    * discusión sin sentido = pointless discussion, pointless argument.
    * doble sentido = double meaning, equivocation.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el sentido del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this respect, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en muchos sentidos = in many ways, in many respects, in most respects, in more ways than one.
    * en ningún sentido de la palabra = in any sense of the word.
    * en sentido contrario = to the contrary.
    * en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj = counterclockwise, anti-clockwise.
    * en su estricto sentido = strictly speaking.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en su sentido más general = in its/their broadest sense.
    * en todos estos sentidos = in all these regards.
    * en todos los sentidos = in all respects, in every sense.
    * en unel sentido amplio = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido general = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido más amplio = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un/el sentido más general = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un sentido general = in a broad sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * en varios sentidos = in several respects, in various respects.
    * escribir con sentido = write + sense.
    * falta de sentido = meaninglessness.
    * falto de sentido crítico = uncritical.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * perder el sentido = faint, lose + Posesivo + senses, lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * perder el sentido del humor = lose + sense of humour.
    * perder sentido = lose + purpose.
    * pérdida del sentido = fainting, fainting fit.
    * quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * quitarle el sentido = render + meaningless.
    * recobrar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * recuperar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * rima sin sentido = nonsense, nonsense verse.
    * sentido común = common sense, savvy, good judgement, judgement [judgment], good sense.
    * sentido de culpa = guilt.
    * sentido de desigualdad = sense of inequality.
    * sentido de identidad = sense of identity.
    * sentido de la historia = sense of history.
    * sentido de la obligación = sense of obligation.
    * sentido de la oportunidad = sense of timing.
    * sentido de la palabra = word sense.
    * sentido de la proporción = sense of proportion.
    * sentido de la responsabilidad = sense of responsibility.
    * sentido de la superioridad = sense of superiority.
    * sentido de la vida, el = meaning of life, the.
    * sentido de la vida y al muerte, el = meaning of life and death, the.
    * sentido del deber = sense of duty.
    * sentido del decoro = sense of decorum.
    * sentido del gusto = sense of taste.
    * sentido del humor = sense of humour.
    * sentido del oído = hearing.
    * sentido del olfato = sense of smell, olfaction.
    * sentido del ridículo = self-consciousness, embarrassment, self-conscious feeling.
    * sentido del ser humano = human sense.
    * sentido del tacto = sense of touch.
    * sentido del tiempo = sense of time, notion of time.
    * sentido de moralidad = sense of morality.
    * sentido de pertenencia = sense of ownership.
    * sentido de territorialidad = territoriality.
    * sentido humano = human sense.
    * sentido implícito = subtext.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * sentidos = grounds.
    * sexto sentido = sixth sense.
    * sin sentido = meaningless, purposeless, pointless, wanton, nonsensical, unconscious.
    * tener sentido = make + sense, be meaningful.
    * tener sentido del ridículo = feel + embarrassed.
    * teoría de dar sentido = sense-making approach.
    * tomar en sentido literal = take + Nombre + at face value, accept + Nombre + at face value.
    * un arraigado sentido de = a strong sense of.
    * ver el sentido = see + the point.
    * vía de doble sentido = two-way street.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    1) <palabras/carta> heartfelt; <anhelo/dolor> deep
    2) < persona>
    a) [ESTAR] (AmL) ( dolorido) hurt, offended
    b) [SER] (Esp) ( sensible) sensitive, touchy
    II
    1)
    a) (Fisiol) sense

    poner los cinco sentidos en algo — to give something one's full attention; ( ante peligro) to keep one's wits about one

    b) (noción, idea)
    2) ( conocimiento) consciousness

    recobrar el sentido — to regain consciousness, to come to, to come round

    en sentido literal/figurado — in a literal/figurative sense

    en cierto sentido... — in a sense...

    4) ( dirección) direction

    venían en sentido contrario or opuesto al nuestro — they were coming in the opposite direction to us

    calle de sentido único or (Méx) de un solo sentido — one-way street

    * * *
    = denotation, meaning, sense, drift, flavour [flavor, -USA], meaningfulness, heartfelt, respect, sense of purpose.

    Ex: In establishing subdivisions for use with the names of people or peoples consider the connotation, in addition to the denotation, of the wording and structure of the subdivision.

    Ex: The term indexing language can seem rather daunting, and has certainly had different meanings in its different incarnations.
    Ex: In some senses these could also be regarded as special classification schemes.
    Ex: The main drift of the proceedings concerned national libraries -- their role, functions and financing.
    Ex: Collected in 1907 from an oral source, this story depends for its charm and attraction on the colloquial flavour, its dialect.
    Ex: The author challenges the meaningfulness of precision and recall values as a measure of performance of a retrieval system.
    Ex: The author examines selected examples of the literature that generate conflict between cultural responsibility and artistic freedom along with a sampling of the heated and heartfelt exchange about that literature in Internet discussions.
    Ex: However, the survey developed in the current study would need to be similar in other key respects to the water quality survey developed by Carson and Mitchell = No obstante, el cuestionario desarrollado en este estudio debería parecerse en otros aspectos importantes al cuestionario desarrollado por Carson y Mitchell sobre la calidad del agua.
    Ex: This article argues that those in leadership roles bear a special responsibility for creating a sense of purpose in the organisation.
    * ¿qué sentido tiene = what is/was the point of...?.
    * aclarar el sentido = clarify + meaning.
    * carecer de sentido = be meaningless.
    * con sentido = meaningful, purposeful, in a meaningful way.
    * dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.
    * dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.
    * dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * dejar a Alguien sin sentido = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * desarrollarse en un sentido determinado = develop along + lines.
    * de sentido único = one-way.
    * devolver el sentido a la vida = put + meaning + back in + Posesivo + life.
    * discusión sin sentido = pointless discussion, pointless argument.
    * doble sentido = double meaning, equivocation.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el sentido del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this respect, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en muchos sentidos = in many ways, in many respects, in most respects, in more ways than one.
    * en ningún sentido de la palabra = in any sense of the word.
    * en sentido contrario = to the contrary.
    * en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj = counterclockwise, anti-clockwise.
    * en su estricto sentido = strictly speaking.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en su sentido más general = in its/their broadest sense.
    * en todos estos sentidos = in all these regards.
    * en todos los sentidos = in all respects, in every sense.
    * en unel sentido amplio = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido general = in a/the broad sense.
    * en un/el sentido más amplio = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un/el sentido más general = in a/the broader sense.
    * en un sentido general = in a broad sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * en varios sentidos = in several respects, in various respects.
    * escribir con sentido = write + sense.
    * falta de sentido = meaninglessness.
    * falto de sentido crítico = uncritical.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * perder el sentido = faint, lose + Posesivo + senses, lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * perder el sentido del humor = lose + sense of humour.
    * perder sentido = lose + purpose.
    * pérdida del sentido = fainting, fainting fit.
    * quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * quitarle el sentido = render + meaningless.
    * recobrar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * recuperar el sentido = regain + Posesivo + consciousness.
    * rima sin sentido = nonsense, nonsense verse.
    * sentido común = common sense, savvy, good judgement, judgement [judgment], good sense.
    * sentido de culpa = guilt.
    * sentido de desigualdad = sense of inequality.
    * sentido de identidad = sense of identity.
    * sentido de la historia = sense of history.
    * sentido de la obligación = sense of obligation.
    * sentido de la oportunidad = sense of timing.
    * sentido de la palabra = word sense.
    * sentido de la proporción = sense of proportion.
    * sentido de la responsabilidad = sense of responsibility.
    * sentido de la superioridad = sense of superiority.
    * sentido de la vida, el = meaning of life, the.
    * sentido de la vida y al muerte, el = meaning of life and death, the.
    * sentido del deber = sense of duty.
    * sentido del decoro = sense of decorum.
    * sentido del gusto = sense of taste.
    * sentido del humor = sense of humour.
    * sentido del oído = hearing.
    * sentido del olfato = sense of smell, olfaction.
    * sentido del ridículo = self-consciousness, embarrassment, self-conscious feeling.
    * sentido del ser humano = human sense.
    * sentido del tacto = sense of touch.
    * sentido del tiempo = sense of time, notion of time.
    * sentido de moralidad = sense of morality.
    * sentido de pertenencia = sense of ownership.
    * sentido de territorialidad = territoriality.
    * sentido humano = human sense.
    * sentido implícito = subtext.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * sentidos = grounds.
    * sexto sentido = sixth sense.
    * sin sentido = meaningless, purposeless, pointless, wanton, nonsensical, unconscious.
    * tener sentido = make + sense, be meaningful.
    * tener sentido del ridículo = feel + embarrassed.
    * teoría de dar sentido = sense-making approach.
    * tomar en sentido literal = take + Nombre + at face value, accept + Nombre + at face value.
    * un arraigado sentido de = a strong sense of.
    * ver el sentido = see + the point.
    * vía de doble sentido = two-way street.

    * * *
    sentido1 -da
    A ‹palabras/carta› heartfelt; ‹anhelo/dolor› deep
    mi más sentido pésame my deepest sympathy
    B ‹persona›
    1 [ SER] (sensible) sensitive, touchy
    2 [ ESTAR] (dolorido) hurt, offended
    está muy sentido porque no lo invitamos he's very hurt that we didn't ask him
    A
    1 ( Fisiol) sense
    tiene muy aguzado el sentido del olfato she has a very keen sense of smell
    poner los cinco sentidos en algo to give sth one's full attention; (ante un peligro) to keep one's wits about one
    2 (noción, idea) sentido DE algo sense OF sth
    su sentido del deber/de la justicia her sense of duty/of justice
    tiene un gran sentido del ritmo he has a great sense of rhythm
    sexto1 (↑ sexto (1))
    Compuestos:
    common sense
    sense of direction
    sense of humor*
    sense of the ridiculous
    tiene mucho sentido práctico she's very practical, she's very practically minded
    B (conocimiento) consciousness
    el golpe lo dejó sin sentido he was knocked senseless o unconscious by the blow
    perder el sentido to lose consciousness
    recobrar el sentido to regain consciousness, to come to, to come round
    C
    en el buen sentido de la palabra in the nicest sense of the word
    en el sentido estricto/amplio del vocablo in the strict/broad sense of the term
    en sentido literal/figurado in a literal/figurative sense
    lo dijo con doble sentido he was intentionally ambiguous
    buscaba algo que le diera sentido a su vida he was searching for something to give his life some meaning
    conociendo su biografía la obra cobra un sentido muy diferente when one knows something about his life the work takes on a totally different meaning
    no le encuentro sentido a lo que haces I can't see any sense o point in what you're doing
    esa política ya no tiene sentido that policy makes no sense anymore o is meaningless now
    no tiene sentido preocuparse por eso it's pointless o there's no point worrying about that
    2
    (aspecto): en cierto sentido tienen razón in a sense they're right
    en muchos/ciertos sentidos la situación no ha cambiado in many/certain respects the situation hasn't changed
    en este sentido debemos recordarnos que … in this respect we should remember …
    D (dirección) direction
    se mueve en el sentido de las agujas del reloj it moves clockwise o in a clockwise direction
    gírese en sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj turn (round) in a counterclockwise ( AmE) o ( BrE) an anticlockwise direction
    en el sentido de la veta de la madera with the grain of the wood
    venían en sentido contrario or opuesto al nuestro they were coming in the opposite direction to us
    calle de sentido único one-way street
    * * *

     

    Del verbo sentir: ( conjugate sentir)

    sentido es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    sentido    
    sentir
    sentido 1
    ◊ -da adjetivo

    1 ‹palabras/carta› heartfelt;
    ‹anhelo/dolor› deep;

    2 [ESTAR] (AmL) ( ofendido) hurt, offended
    sentido 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (Fisiol) sense

    b) (noción, idea) sentido DE algo sense of sth;


    sentido común common sense;
    sentido del humor sense of humor( conjugate humor)
    2 ( conocimiento) consciousness;

    el golpe lo dejó sin sentido he was knocked unconscious by the blow
    3 ( significado) sense;

    en sentido literal in a literal sense;
    lo dijo con doble sentido he was intentionally ambiguous;
    el sentido de la vida the meaning of life;
    en cierto sentido … in a sense …;
    no le encuentro sentido a lo que haces I can't see any sense o point in what you're doing;
    esa política ya no tiene sentido that policy doesn't make sense anymore o is meaningless now;
    palabras sin sentido meaningless words
    4 ( dirección) direction;
    ◊ gírese en sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj turn (round) in a counterclockwise (AmE) o (BrE) an anticlockwise direction;

    venían en sentido contrario al nuestro they were coming in the opposite direction to us;
    calle de sentido único or (Méx) de un solo sentido one-way street
    sentir ( conjugate sentir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹dolor/pinchazo› to feel;

    ◊ sentido hambre/frío/sed to feel hungry/cold/thirsty

    b) ‹ emoción› to feel;


    sentido celos to feel jealous
    2
    a) ( oír) ‹ruido/disparo› to hear

    b) (esp AmL) ( percibir):


    le siento gusto a vainilla I can taste vanilla
    3 ( lamentar):

    sentí mucho no poder ayudarla I was very sorry not to be able to help her;
    ha sentido mucho la pérdida de su madre she has been very affected by her mother's death
    sentirse verbo pronominal
    1 (+ compl) to feel;

    no me siento con ánimos I don't feel up to it
    2 (Chi, Méx) ( ofenderse) to be offended o hurt;
    sentidose CON algn to be offended o upset with sb
    sentido,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 deeply felt: su muerte ha sido muy sentida, his death has been deeply felt
    2 (susceptible) sensitive
    es un chico muy sentido y a la mínima se ofende, he gets upset over the slightest things o he's a very sensitive child
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 sense
    sentido del gusto/olfato, sense of taste/smell
    2 (conocimiento, consciencia) recobrar/ perder el sentido, to regain/lose consciousness
    3 (lógica, razón) sense: no tiene sentido que te despidas, it makes no sense to leave the job
    4 (apreciación, capacidad) no tiene sentido de la medida, he has no sense of moderation
    sentido común, common sense
    sentido del humor, sense of humour
    sexto sentido, sixth sense
    5 (significado) meaning: la frase carece de sentido, the sentence has no meaning
    6 Auto direction
    de doble sentido, two-way
    (de) sentido único, one-way
    sentir
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 (juicio, opinion) opinion, view
    2 (sentimiento) feeling
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to feel
    sentir alegría/frío, to feel happy/cold
    te lo digo como lo siento, I speak my mind ➣ Ver nota en feel
    2 (oír, percibir) to hear: la sentí llegar de madrugada, I heard her come home in the small hours
    3 (lamentar) to regret, be sorry about: siento haberte enfadado, I'm sorry I made you angry
    ' sentido' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ácida
    - ácido
    - acusada
    - acusado
    - apelar
    - cabeza
    - cazar
    - coger
    - contraria
    - contrario
    - despertarse
    - dirección
    - dotada
    - dotado
    - economía
    - educar
    - encarar
    - esperar
    - figurada
    - figurado
    - fina
    - fino
    - hogareña
    - hogareño
    - inversa
    - inverso
    - juicio
    - nariz
    - olfato
    - paladar
    - penetrar
    - perder
    - pésame
    - rara
    - raro
    - realista
    - recobrar
    - recta
    - recto
    - recuperar
    - sentida
    - tacto
    - tener
    - trancazo
    - visión
    - vista
    - agudeza
    - agudizar
    - agudo
    - alto
    English:
    add up
    - advantage
    - anticlockwise
    - appeal
    - arguable
    - babble
    - break
    - civic
    - clockwise
    - common sense
    - counterclockwise
    - derogatory
    - direction
    - ear
    - feel
    - few
    - figurative
    - figuratively
    - flail
    - gumption
    - hearing
    - high
    - humour
    - iota
    - literally
    - little
    - make
    - meaning
    - meaningless
    - mindless
    - modicum
    - obscure
    - one-way
    - pointless
    - practicality
    - quite
    - reason
    - respect
    - scent
    - sense
    - senseless
    - sight
    - smell
    - strictly
    - taste
    - three-point turn
    - touch
    - two-way
    - U-turn
    - unconscious
    * * *
    sentido, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [profundo] heartfelt;
    mi más sentido pésame with deepest sympathy
    2. [sensible]
    ser muy sentido to be very sensitive
    3. [ofendido] hurt, offended;
    quedó muy sentido por tu respuesta he was very hurt by your reply
    4. RP [lesionado] hurt;
    el talonador no puede seguir jugando, está sentido the hooker is unable to carry on playing, he's hurt
    ♦ nm
    1. [capacidad para percibir] sense;
    sentido del tacto sense of touch;
    con los cinco sentidos [completamente] heart and soul;
    no tengo ningún sentido del ritmo I have no sense of rhythm;
    tiene un sentido muy particular de la sinceridad he has a very peculiar notion of sincerity;
    poner los cinco sentidos en algo to give one's all to sth
    sentido común common sense;
    tener sentido común to have common sense;
    sentido del deber sense of duty;
    sentido del humor sense of humour;
    sentido de la orientación sense of direction;
    sentido del ridículo sense of the ridiculous
    2. [conocimiento] consciousness;
    perder/recobrar el sentido to lose/regain consciousness;
    sin sentido unconscious
    3. [dirección] direction;
    los trenes circulaban en sentido opuesto the trains were travelling in opposite directions;
    en el sentido contrario al de las agujas del reloj Br anticlockwise, US counter-clockwise
    4. [significado] sense, meaning;
    esta expresión tiene un sentido peyorativo this expression has a pejorative sense;
    esta frase tiene varios sentidos this sentence has several possible interpretations;
    en sentido figurado in the figurative sense;
    doble sentido double meaning;
    una frase de doble sentido a phrase with a double meaning;
    en ese sentido [respecto a eso] as far as that's concerned;
    en ese sentido, tienes razón in that sense, you're right
    5. [razón de ser]
    tener sentido to make sense;
    no tiene sentido escribirle si no sabe leer there's no point writing to him if he can't read;
    no tiene sentido que salgamos si llueve there's no sense in going out if it's raining;
    para ella la vida ya no tenía sentido life no longer had any meaning for her;
    sin sentido [ilógico] meaningless;
    [inútil, irrelevante] pointless;
    un sin sentido nonsense
    * * *
    I adj heartfelt
    II m
    1 oído etc sense;
    el sexto sentido the sixth sense
    2 ( significado) meaning;
    doble sentido double meaning;
    en el sentido propio de la palabra in the true sense of the word;
    en todos los sentidos de la palabra in every sense of the word;
    en un sentido más amplio in a wider sense;
    3 ( dirección) direction;
    4 consciousness;
    perder/recobrar el sentido lose/regain consciousness
    * * *
    sentido, -da adj
    1) : heartfelt, sincere
    mi más sentido pésame: my sincerest condolences
    2) : touchy, sensitive
    3) : offended, hurt
    1) : sense
    sentido común: common sense
    los cinco sentidos: the five senses
    sin sentido: senseless
    2) conocimiento: consciousness
    3) significado: meaning, sense
    doble sentido: double entendre
    4) : direction
    calle de sentido único: one-way street
    * * *
    1. (capacidad) sense
    tenemos cinco sentidos: vista, oído, gusto, olfato y tacto we have five senses: sight, hearing, taste, smell and touch
    2. (significado) meaning
    3. (lógica) point
    4. (dirección) direction / way
    5. (conocimiento) consciousness

    Spanish-English dictionary > sentido

  • 12 sens

    sens [sɑ̃s]
    1. masculine noun
       a. ( = goût, vue etc) sense
       b. ( = instinct) sense
    • avoir le sens du rythme/de l'humour to have a sense of rhythm/of humour
       c. ( = signification) meaning
    • au sens propre/figuré in the literal figurative sense
    • au sens large/strict du terme in the general/strict sense of the word
    • en ce sens que... in the sense that...
    • la culture, au sens où il l'entend culture, as he understands it
       d. ( = direction) direction
    • aller dans le bon/mauvais sens to go the right/wrong way
    • arriver en sens contraire or inverse to arrive from the opposite direction
    • ça va or part dans tous les sens (figurative) it's all over the place
    • la circulation dans le sens Paris-province/province-Paris traffic out of/into Paris
    • être/mettre sens dessus dessous to be/turn upside down
       f. ► bon sens common sense
    • c'est le bon sens même de... it's only common sense to...
    ► sens giratoire roundabout (Brit), traffic circle (US)
    • à sens unique [rue] one-way ; [concession] one-sided
    * * *
    sɑ̃s
    1.
    nom masculin invariable
    1) ( direction) lit, fig direction, way

    dans le sens de la largeur — widthways, across

    dans le sens de la longueur — lengthways, longways US

    être dans le bon/mauvais sens — to be the right/wrong way up

    dans le sens des fils — ( de tissu) with the grain

    sens dessus dessous — sɑ̃dəsydəsu ( à l'envers) upside down; ( en désordre) upside down; ( très troublé) very upset

    sens devant derrière — sɑ̃dəvɑ̃dɛʀjɛʀ back to front

    aller dans le bon sens — [réformes, mesures] to be a step in the right direction

    2) ( signification) meaning

    cela n'a pas de sens — gén it doesn't make sense; (idiot, ridicule) it's absurd

    4) ( intuition) sense

    2.
    nom masculin pluriel senses
    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••
    * * *
    sɑ̃s
    1. vb
    See:
    2. nm
    1) (= odorat, ouïe) sense
    2) (= instinct) sense

    Il a perdu tout sens critique. — He's lost all critical sense.

    Il n'a aucun sens esthétique. — He has no aesthetic sense.

    avoir le sens de... — to have a sense of...

    Je n'ai pas le sens de l'orientation. — I've got no sense of direction.

    avoir le sens de l'humour — to have a sense of humour Grande-Bretagne to have a sense of humor USA

    3) (= jugement)

    tomber sous le sens — to stand to reason, to be perfectly obvious

    en dépit du bon sens — contrary to all good sense, contrary to common sense

    4) (= signification) [mot, phrase] meaning, sense

    en un sens; dans un sens — in a way

    ça n'a pas de sens — it doesn't make sense, it doesn't make any sense

    5) (= direction) direction, way

    Il y aura des bouchons dans le sens Paris-Chartres. — There will be traffic jams going out of Paris towards Chartres., There will be traffic jams going out of Paris in the Chartres direction.

    dans l'autre sens — in the other direction, the other way

    dans tous les sens — in every direction, all over the place

    aller dans le bon sens — to go the right way, to go in the right direction

    dans le mauvais sens — the wrong way, in the wrong direction

    Tu tournes la poignée dans le mauvais sens. — You're turning the handle the wrong way., You're turning the handle in the wrong direction.

    3. nmpl
    1) (= facultés) senses

    reprendre ses sens — to come to, to regain consciousness

    2) (sensualité) senses
    * * *
    A nm inv
    1 ( direction) lit, fig direction, way; dans les deux sens in both directions; aller dans le bon/mauvais sens to go the right/wrong way, to go in the right/wrong direction; elle venait en sens inverse she was coming from the opposite direction; mouvement en sens contraire backward movement; en tous sens in all directions; dans le sens Paris-Lyon in the Paris to Lyons direction; dans le sens de la largeur widthways, across; dans le sens de la longueur lengthways, longways US; être dans le bon/mauvais sens to be the right/wrong way up; des flèches dans tous les sens arrows pointing in all directions; retourner un problème dans tous les sens to consider a problem from every angle; courir dans tous les sens to run all over the place; dans le sens de la marche facing the engine; dans le sens des fils Tex with the grain; sens dessus dessous ( à l'envers) upside down; ( en désordre) upside down; ( très troublé) very upset; sens devant derrière back to front; aller dans le bon sens [réformes, mesures] to be a step in the right direction; des mesures qui vont dans le sens de notre rapport measures which are in line with our report; le pays va dans le sens d'une plus grande indépendance the country is moving toward(s) greater independence; le sens de l'histoire the tide of history; nous travaillons dans ce sens that's what we are working toward(s); ces facteurs ont œuvré dans le sens d'une baisse these factors have contributed to a fall;
    2 ( d'une action) meaning; (de mythe, symbole) meaning; (de mot, d'expression) meaning; le sens figuré/littéral/péjoratif d'un mot the figurative/literal/pejorative sense of a word; employer un mot au sens propre/figuré to use a word literally/figuratively; avoir un sens péjoratif to be pejorative, to have a pejorative sense; le sens premier de qch the original meaning of sth; au sens large/strict du terme in the broad/strict sense of the word; au sens propre du terme literally; au sens fort du terme in the fullest sense of the word; c'est correct, dans tous les sens du terme it's correct, in every sense of the word; prendre tout son sens [remarque, titre] to take on its full meaning; en un sens in a sense; en ce sens que in the sense that; cela n'a pas de sens gén it doesn't make sense; (idiot, ridicule) it's absurd; cela n'a de sens que si tu restes it makes no sense unless you stay;
    3 Physiol sense; avoir un sens de l'odorat très développé to have a very keen sense of smell; recouvrer fml or retrouver l'usage de ses sens to regain consciousness; avoir un sixième sens fig to have a sixth sense;
    4 ( intuition) sense; sens du rythme/devoir sense of rhythm/duty; avoir le sens des responsabilités to have a sense of responsibility; avoir le sens de l'orientation to have a good sense of direction; avoir le sens pratique to be practical; ne pas avoir de sens pratique to be impractical; avoir peu de sens critique to be uncritical; avoir le sens de l'organisation to be a good organizer; ne pas avoir le sens du ridicule not to realize when one looks silly; avoir le sens des affaires to have a flair ou head for business; ton sens des affaires your business sense; ne pas avoir le sens de la langue to have no feeling for language; n'avoir aucun sens des réalités to live in a dream world.
    B nmpl senses; plaisirs des sens sensual pleasures.
    sens commun common sense; sens giratoire roundabout GB, traffic circle US; suivez le sens giratoire go round the roundabout GB, follow the traffic circle around US; sens de l'humour sense of humourGB; avoir le sens de l'humour to have a sense of humourGB; sens interdit ( panneau) no-entry sign; ( rue) one-way street; sens obligatoire ( panneau) one-way sign; sens unique ( panneau) one-way sign; ( rue) one-way street; c'est à sens unique lit it's one-way; fig it's one-sided.
    tomber sous le sens to be patently obvious.
    [sɑ̃s] verbe
    → link=sentir sentir
    ————————
    [sɑ̃s] nom masculin
    2. [instinct] sense
    bon sens, sens commun common sense
    ça tombe sous le sens it's obvious, it stands to reason
    3. [opinion]
    à mon sens, c'est impossible as I see it ou to my mind, it's impossible
    4. [signification - d'un mot, d'une phrase] meaning (substantif comptable), sense ; [ - d'une allégorie, d'un symbole] meaning (substantif comptable)
    lourd ou chargé de sens meaningful
    au sens propre/figuré in the literal/figurative sense
    5. [direction] direction
    dans tous les sens (sens propre) in all directions, all over the place
    pose l'équerre dans ce sens-là/l'autre sens lay the set square down this way/the other way round
    scier une planche dans le sens de la largeur/longueur to saw a board widthwise/lengthwise
    dans le sens nord-sud/est-ouest in a southerly/westerly direction
    fais demi-tour, on va dans le mauvais sens! turn round, we're going the wrong way ou in the wrong direction!
    a. [panneau] no-entry sign
    être ou rouler en sens interdit to be going the wrong way up/down a one-way street
    b. [décision] unilateral, one-sided
    6. (figuré) [orientation] line
    ————————
    [sɑ̃s] nom masculin pluriel
    [sensualité] (carnal) senses
    dans le sens où locution conjonctive
    dans un certain sens locution adverbiale
    → link=dansdans le sens où
    sens dessus dessous locution adverbiale
    sens devant derrière locution adverbiale

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > sens

  • 13 hecho

    adj.
    1 made, done.
    2 made, created.
    intj.
    1 done.
    2 agreed.
    m.
    1 fact, point of fact, event, happening.
    2 act, feat, deed, action.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: hacer.
    * * *
    1 (realidad) fact
    2 (suceso) event, incident
    ————————
    1→ link=hacer hacer
    1 (carne) done
    2 (persona) mature
    3 (frase, expresión) set
    4 (ropa) ready-made
    1 (realidad) fact
    2 (suceso) event, incident
    ► interjección ¡hecho!
    1 done!, agreed!
    \
    a lo hecho pecho it's no use crying over spilt milk
    ¡bien hecho! well done!
    de hecho in fact
    el hecho es que... the fact is that...
    eso está hecho figurado that won't take long, that'll only take a minute
    estar hecho,-a un,-a... to be...
    ■ está hecho un vago he's a real waster, he's a real layabout
    hecho,-a a mano handmade
    hecho,-a a máquina machine-made
    hecho,-a en casa home-made
    hechos son amores actions speak louder than words
    lo hecho hecho está what's done is done
    muy hecho,-a (carne) well-cooked 2 (pasada) overdone
    poco,-a hecho,-a (carne) rare 2 (insuficientemente) underdone
    hecho consumado fait accompli
    hecho de armas feat of arms
    Hechos de los Apóstoles RELIGIÓN Acts of the Apostles
    * * *
    1. noun m.
    1) fact
    2) deed
    2. (f. - hecha)
    adj.
    1) done, made
    * * *
    1.
    PP de hacer
    2. ADJ
    1) (=realizado) done

    si le dijiste que no fuera, mal hecho — if you told him not to go, then you were wrong o you shouldn't have

    ¡hecho! — (=de acuerdo) agreed!, it's a deal!

    2) (=manufacturado) made

    ¿de qué está hecho? — what's it made of?

    3) (=acabado) done, finished; (=listo) ready

    ¿está hecha la comida? — is dinner ready?

    4) (Culin)
    a) (=maduro) [queso, vino] mature; [fruta] ripe
    b) (=cocinado)

    muy hecho — (=bien) well-cooked; (=demasiado) overdone

    no muy hecho, poco hecho — underdone, undercooked

    un filete poco o no muy hecho — a rare steak

    5) (=convertido en)

    ella, hecha una furia, se lanzó — she hurled herself furiously

    6) [persona]

    hecho y derecho —

    7) (=acostumbrado)
    3. SM
    1) (=acto)

    hechos, y o que no palabras — actions speak louder than words

    2) (=realidad) fact; (=suceso) event

    el hecho es que... — the fact is that...

    un hecho histórico — (=acontecimiento) an historic event; (=dato) a historical fact

    hecho imponible — (Econ) taxable source of income

    3)

    de hecho — in fact, as a matter of fact

    de hecho, yo no sé nada de eso — in fact o as a matter of fact, I don't know anything about that

    4) (Jur)
    * * *
    I
    - cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]
    1) ( manufacturado) made

    bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

    lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

    tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil

    hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something

    hecho! — it's a deal!, done!

    II
    - cha adjetivo
    1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)
    2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

    hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

    3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

    un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak

    III
    1)
    a) (acto, acción)

    ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

    b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event
    2) (realidad, verdad) fact

    el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

    3)
    * * *
    I
    - cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]
    1) ( manufacturado) made

    bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

    lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

    tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil

    hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something

    hecho! — it's a deal!, done!

    II
    - cha adjetivo
    1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)
    2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

    hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

    3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

    un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak

    III
    1)
    a) (acto, acción)

    ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

    b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event
    2) (realidad, verdad) fact

    el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

    3)
    * * *
    hecho1
    1 = event, fact, deed.

    Ex: The concept of corporate body includes named occasional groups and events, such as meetings, conferences, congresses, expeditions, exhibitions, festivals, and fairs.

    Ex: Apart from the fact that different librarians may consult different reference sources, there are other factors which may lead different cataloguers to different decisions.
    Ex: Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.
    * apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.
    * cegarse ante el hecho de que = blind + Pronombre + to the fact that.
    * de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.
    * de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.
    * del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done.
    * del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.
    * demostración del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.
    * desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.
    * dicho sin hecho no tiene provecho = actions speak louder than words.
    * el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * en cuanto a los hechos = factually.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * enfrentarse al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.
    * enunciado de los hechos = statement of fact.
    * estado de hecho = rule of men.
    * explicar + Posesivo + versión de los hechos = explain + Posesivo + side of the story.
    * exposición de los hechos = statement of fact.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hecho casual = coincidence, chance happening.
    * hecho consumado = fait accompli.
    * hecho demostrado = established fact.
    * hecho ineludible = hard fact.
    * hecho real = brute fact.
    * hechos dispersos = random facts.
    * hechos, los = plain fact, the.
    * hechos reales = true story.
    * no prestar atención al hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * olvidarse del hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.
    * pareja de hecho = common-law husband, common-law wife, common-law marriage.
    * partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.
    * perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.
    * por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.
    * por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * presunción de hecho = prima facie.
    * prueba del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.
    * ser un hecho ampliamente aceptado = it + be + widely agreed.
    * ser un hecho ampliamente reconocido = it + be + widely recognised.
    * ser un hecho bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser un hecho bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser un hecho poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser un hecho poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * sin meternos en el hecho de que = to say nothing of.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * verificación de los hechos = fact checking.

    hecho2

    Ex: What was pinned up ranged from sheets of paper with nothing more written on them than a title and author to elaborate and beautifully executed illustrations.

    * a lo hecho, pecho = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk, you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * bien hecho = well-rendered, well done.
    * cartón hecho de paja = strawboard.
    * comprar Algo hecho en serie = buy + off-the-shelf.
    * comprar Algo ya hecho de antemano = buy + off-the-shelf.
    * cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.
    * dado por hecho = foregone.
    * dando por hecho que = based on the understanding that, on the understanding that.
    * dar por hecho = take for + granted.
    * dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.
    * dicho y hecho = no sooner said than done.
    * estar hecho a escala = be to scale.
    * estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.
    * estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.
    * estar hecho un desastre = be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.
    * estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.
    * frase hecha = bound phrase, cliche, formulaic words, formulaic phrase.
    * hecho a base de parches = patchwork.
    * hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.
    * hecho a máquina = machine-made.
    * hecho a medida = customised [customized, -USA], purpose-designed, tailored, tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], bespoke, made to measure, fitted, made-to-order.
    * hecho añicos = shattered.
    * hecho a propósito = tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored].
    * hecho cisco = wrecked.
    * hecho como de pasada = throwaway.
    * hecho de antemano = off-the-peg, ready-made.
    * hecho de encaje = lacy.
    * hecho de grava = metalled [metaled, -USA].
    * hecho de trozos = piecewise.
    * hecho de un modo gratuito = pro bono.
    * hecho en América = American-built.
    * hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.
    * hecho en el extranjero = foreign-made.
    * hecho en el Reino Unido = British-made.
    * hecho en lugar de otra persona = delegated.
    * hecho exclusivamente para = born and bred.
    * hecho exclusivamente para la web = Web-centric.
    * hecho expresamente para = intended for.
    * hecho para una situación específica = niche-specific.
    * hecho para una única ocasión = one shot.
    * hecho polvo = wrecked, dog tired.
    * hecho por el autor = author-designated, author-prepared.
    * hecho por el hombre = man-made.
    * hecho por encargo = tailor-made [tailormade], bespoke, custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], made-to-order, made to measure.
    * hecho por la OCLC = OCLC-produced.
    * hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].
    * hecho por multicopista = mimeographed.
    * hecho por uno mismo = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], home-produced, self-made.
    * hecho puré = mashed.
    * hecho recientemente = fresh-made.
    * hechos el uno para el otro = made for each other.
    * hecho una salsa = saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.].
    * hecho una sopa = drenched to the skin, wringing wet, soaked to the skin, soaking wet, wet through to the skin.
    * hecho un desastre = in shambles, like the wreck of the Hesperus, upside down.
    * hecho un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * hecho y derecho = full-bodied, full-scale, full-service, fully-fledged.
    * ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.
    * lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.
    * mal hecho para = ill suited to/for.
    * medio hecho = halfway done, half done.
    * menos hecho = rarer.
    * páguese por el uso hecho = pay-as-you-go.
    * papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.
    * papel hecho a máquina = machine-made paper.
    * papel verjurado hecho a máquina = machine-made laid paper.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic.
    * recién hecho = hot off the griddle.
    * resumen hecho para una disciplina concreta = discipline-oriented abstract.
    * sistema informático hecho por encargo = tailored system.
    * solución hecha = cut-and-dried solution.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.

    * * *
    pp
    hecho a mano handmade
    hecho a máquina machine-made, machine-produced
    un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit
    está muy bien/mal hecho it's very well/badly made
    B
    (refiriéndose a una acción): ¡bien hecho! así aprenderá well done! o good for you! that'll teach him
    tomé la decisión yo solo — pues mal hecho, tenías que haberlo consultado I took the decision myself — well you shouldn't have (done), you should have discussed it with him
    lo hecho, hecho está it's no use crying over spilled milk
    C
    (convertido en): estaba hecho una fiera or furia he was livid o furious
    está hecha una foca she's got(ten) really fat
    se apareció hecho un mamarracho he turned up looking a real mess
    me dejaron con los nervios hechos trizas when they finished my nerves were in tatters o in shreds o ( colloq) shot to pieces
    tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
    D (acostumbrado) hecho A algo used o accustomed TO sth
    un hombre muy hecho a la vida en el campo a man well used to o quite accustomed to life in the country
    (expresando acuerdo): ¡hecho! it's a deal!, done!
    A ‹ropa› ready-to-wear, off-the-peg
    con ese físico se puede comprar los trajes hechos with his build he can buy ready-to-wear suits o he can buy his suits off the peg
    B (terminado) ‹trabajo› done
    hecho y derecho: un hombre hecho y derecho a grown o a fully grown man
    un abogado hecho y derecho a fully-fledged lawyer
    ya es un jugador hecho y derecho he is already an inveterate o a confirmed gambler
    C ( esp Esp) ‹carne› done
    un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak
    D ( Chi fam) (borracho) plastered ( colloq)
    E
    (Col, Ven fam) (económicamente bien): estar hecho to have it made ( colloq)
    A
    1
    (acto, acción): ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos those are just words, I want action
    demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
    no es el hecho en sí de que me lo haya robado lo que me duele sino … it's not the actual theft that upsets me but …, it's not the fact that she stole it from me that upsets me but …
    2 (suceso, acontecimiento) event
    hechos como la caída del gobierno de Castillo events such as the fall of the Castillo government
    los documentos hallados en el lugar de los hechos the documents found at the scene of the crime
    limítese el testigo a relatar los hechos the witness will please limit o confine his testimony to the facts
    Compuestos:
    fait accompli
    ( frml); battle
    ( frml); violent crime ( involving bloodshed)
    mpl:
    los hecho de los Apóstoles The Acts of the Apostles
    B (realidad, verdad) fact
    es un hecho conocido por todos it's a well-known fact
    para esa fecha los viajes espaciales ya eran un hecho by that time space travel was already a reality
    el hecho es que … the fact (of the matter) is that …
    es un gran conocedor del país, debido al hecho de que … he knows the country very well owing to the fact that o because …
    el hecho de que habla tres idiomas le da una gran ventaja the fact that he speaks three languages gives him a great advantage
    el hecho DE QUE + SUBJ:
    el hecho de que mucha gente lo compre no quiere decir que sea un buen periódico the fact that a lot of people buy it doesn't make it a good newspaper, just because a lot of people buy it doesn't mean that it's a good newspaper
    C
    de hecho: de hecho, ya es significativo que haya hecho esa propuesta the fact that he has made such a proposal is in itself significant
    no fue una sorpresa, de hecho, me avisaron el mes pasado it didn't come as a surprise; in fact they warned me only last month
    él es el director pero de hecho la que manda es ella he's the director, but she's the one who actually runs the place, he's the director, but in reality o in actual fact she's the one who runs the place
    * * *

     

    Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)

    hecho es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    hacer    
    hecho
    hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

    ‹casa/carretera› to build;
    ‹ nido› to build, make;
    ‹ túnel› to make, dig;
    ‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
    ‹ lista› to make, draw up;
    ‹ resumen› to do, make;
    ‹ película› to make;
    ‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
    ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
    ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
    ‹ cerveza› to make, brew;

    hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
    b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;


    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    2
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

    ‹ milagro› to work, perform;
    ‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
    ‹ mandado› to run;
    ‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
    ‹ experimento› to do, perform;
    ‹ entrevista› to conduct;
    ‹gira/viaje› to do;
    ‹ regalo› to give;
    ‹ favor› to do;
    ‹ trato› to make;

    aún queda mucho por hecho there is still a lot (left) to do;
    dar que hecho to make a lot of work
    b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

    3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
    ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
    ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
    ‹ pregunta› to ask;

    4

    ◊ hecho caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

    hecho pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
    hecho sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    ◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

    5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
    ‹ amigo› to make
    6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
    ‹ maleta› to pack;
    ◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

    tengo que hecho la comida I must make lunch;
    ver tb comida b
    7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
    8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
    ◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

    1


    ¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
    hecho ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
    See Also→ amor 1b
    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

    ◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?


    2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
    ◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

    ¡qué le vamos a hecho! what can you o (frml) one do?;
    toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
    hechola buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
    See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 (transformar en, volver) to make;

    hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
    ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
    hecho algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
    quiero hecho de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    2
    a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)


    me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
    me hizo llorar it made me cry;
    hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
    hecho que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
    b)

    ◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    verbo intransitivo
    1 (obrar, actuar):
    ◊ déjame hecho a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    2 (fingir, simular):

    haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
    3 ( servir):
    ◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    4 ( interpretar personaje) hecho de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    (+ compl) ( sentar):


    (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
    hecho v impers
    1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
    ◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

    hace tres grados it's three degrees;
    (nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
    2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):

    hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
    hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
    hasta hace poco until recently
    hacerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):

    se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
    hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
    2
    a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;




    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    3 ( causarse):
    ◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
    ◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;

    1
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;


    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    b) ( resultar):



    (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    c) ( impers):


    se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
    d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

    e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

    ◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

    2 ( acostumbrarse) hechose a algo to get used to sth
    3 ( fingirse):

    ¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
    hechose pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
    4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;

    5
    ◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;


    ( de amigos) to make
    hecho 1
    ◊ - cha pp [ ver tb hacer]

    1 ( manufacturado) made;

    un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit;
    bien/mal hecho well/badly made
    2 ( refiriéndose a acción):
    ◊ ¡bien hecho! well done!;

    no le avisé — pues mal hecho I didn't let him know — well you should have (done);
    lo hecho, hecho está what's done is done
    3 ( convertido en):

    tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
    ■ adjetivo

    b) ( terminado) ‹ trabajo› done

    c) (esp Esp) ‹ carne› done;

    ◊ un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak

    hecho 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (acto, acción):

    ◊ yo quiero hechos I want action, I want something done;

    demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
    b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event;


    2 (realidad, verdad) fact;

    hacer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
    hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
    hacer un puente, to build a bridge
    2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
    haz lo que quieras, do what you want
    ¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
    (para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
    hace atletismo, he does athletics
    hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
    3 (amigos, dinero) to make
    4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
    5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
    estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
    no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
    6 (arreglar) to make
    hacer la cama, to make the bed
    hacer la casa, to do the housework
    7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
    8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
    9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
    10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
    11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
    12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
    2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
    3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
    4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
    III verbo impersonal
    1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
    hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
    hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
    2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
    ¿To make o to do?
    El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
    El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
    hecho,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (realizado) made, done: está muy bien hecho, it's really well done
    2 (acostumbrado) used: está hecho a trabajar en este clima, he's used to working in this climate
    3 (cocinado, cocido) done
    un filete muy/poco hecho, a well-cooked/rare steak
    4 (persona) mature
    5 (frase) set
    (ropa) ready-made
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 (suceso real) fact
    el hecho es que..., the fact is that...
    de hecho, in fact ➣ Ver nota en actually 2 (obra, acción) act, deed
    3 (acontecimiento, caso) event, incident
    III interj ¡hecho!, it's a deal! o all right!
    ' hecho' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acontecer
    - actual
    - asesinar
    - braga
    - bribón
    - bribona
    - buena
    - bueno
    - casera
    - casero
    - chapucera
    - chapucero
    - chapuza
    - chaval
    - chavala
    - como
    - conmoverse
    - considerable
    - consumada
    - consumado
    - Cristo
    - de
    - despeluchar
    - desvarío
    - dicha
    - dicho
    - documentalista
    - elemento
    - encubrir
    - entrar
    - exquisita
    - exquisito
    - fideo
    - fiera
    - flan
    - furia
    - haber
    - habilidosa
    - habilidoso
    - hallar
    - hecha
    - higo
    - hojalata
    - humanamente
    - incidencia
    - interdisciplinaria
    - interdisciplinario
    - jirón
    - jugarreta
    - lástima
    English:
    accept
    - action
    - actual
    - actually
    - adjust
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - angry
    - appease
    - asbestos
    - bandwagon
    - bargain
    - basis
    - beat
    - by
    - challenge
    - cock-up
    - collar
    - come
    - confirm
    - cry
    - custom
    - cut out
    - damage
    - deal
    - decree
    - delay
    - deliberately
    - done
    - dream
    - effect
    - effectively
    - enforce
    - established
    - fact
    - failure
    - fait accompli
    - find out
    - fitted
    - freshly
    - fully-fledged
    - good
    - grown
    - gumbo
    - hand
    - handmade
    - however
    - hurried
    - in
    * * *
    hecho, -a
    ♦ participio
    ver hacer
    ♦ adj
    1. [llevado a cabo]
    hecho a mano handmade;
    hecho a máquina machine-made;
    una película bien hecha a well-made film;
    ¡eso está hecho! it's a deal!, you're on!;
    ¡bien hecho! well done!;
    ¡mal hecho, me tenías que haber avisado! you were wrong not to tell me!;
    ¿me podrás conseguir entradas? – ¡eso está hecho! will you be able to get me tickets? – it's as good as done!;
    lo hecho, hecho está what is done is done;
    Fam
    a lo hecho, pecho: no me gusta, pero a lo hecho, pecho I don't like it, but what's done is done;
    tú lo hiciste, así que a lo hecho, pecho you did it, so you'll have to take what's coming
    2. [acabado] mature;
    una mujer hecha y derecha a fully grown woman;
    estás hecho un artista you've become quite an artist
    3. [carne, pasta] done;
    quiero el filete muy hecho/poco hecho I'd like my steak well done/rare
    4. [acostumbrado]
    estar hecho a algo/a hacer algo to be used to sth/to doing sth;
    está hecha a la dureza del clima she's used to the harsh climate;
    no estoy hecho a levantarme tan temprano I'm not used to getting up so early
    5. Andes, RP Fam
    estar hecho [en condiciones] to have it all;
    con la compra de estos zapatos creo que estoy hecho after buying these shoes I think I've got everything I need;
    me faltan dos materias de la carrera y estoy hecha I need to do two more subjects in my degree and that's me done
    ♦ nm
    1. [suceso] event;
    los hechos tuvieron lugar de madrugada the events took place in the early morning;
    el cuerpo de la víctima fue retirado del lugar de los hechos the victim's body was removed from the scene of the crime
    hecho consumado fait accompli
    2. [realidad, dato] fact;
    el hecho de que seas el jefe no te da derecho a comportarte así just because you're the boss doesn't mean you have the right to behave like that;
    es un hecho indiscutido que… it is an indisputable fact that…;
    el hecho es que… the fact is that…;
    hecho ineludible fact of life
    3. [obra] action, deed;
    sus hechos hablan por él his actions speak for him;
    queremos hechos, y no promesas we want action, not promises
    los Hechos de los Apóstoles the Acts of the Apostles; Mil hecho de armas feat of arms
    4.
    de hecho [en realidad] in fact, actually;
    claro que lo conozco, de hecho, fuimos juntos al colegio of course I know him, indeed o in fact we actually went to school together
    5. [en la práctica] de facto;
    es el presidente de hecho he's the de facto president
    ♦ interj
    it's a deal!, you're on!;
    te lo vendo por un millón – ¡hecho! I'll sell it to you for a million – done! o it's a deal!
    * * *
    I part → hacer; ( confeccionado)
    :
    hecho a mano hand-made;
    un traje hecho an off-the-peg suit;
    muy hecho carne well-done;
    ¡bien hecho! well done!;
    ¡hecho!, ¡eso está hecho ! done!, it’s a deal!;
    a lo hecho, pecho what’s done is done
    II adj finished;
    un hombre hecho y derecho a fully grown man
    III m
    1 ( realidad) fact;
    de hecho in fact;
    el hecho es que the fact is that
    2 ( suceso) event
    3 ( obra) action, deed;
    un hecho consumado a fait accompli
    * * *
    hecho, - cha adj
    1) : made, done
    2) : ready-to-wear
    3) : complete, finished
    hecho y derecho: full-fledged
    hecho nm
    1) : fact
    2) : event
    hechos históricos: historic events
    3) : act, action
    4)
    de hecho : in fact, in reality
    * * *
    hecho1 adj
    ¿de qué está hecho? what's it made of?
    2. (cocinado) done
    ¡bien hecho! well done!
    ¡hecho! done!
    hecho2 n
    1. (en general) fact
    2. (acto) action
    demuéstraselo con hechos y no con palabras prove it with actions, not words

    Spanish-English dictionary > hecho

  • 14 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 15 ser

    m.
    1 being (ente).
    ser humano human being
    los seres vivos living things
    2 ens.
    v.
    1 to be (to be in some place or situation, to originate in, to belong to, to pertain, to exist really).
    fue aquí it was here
    lo importante es decidirse the important thing is to reach a decision
    ¿de dónde eres? where are you from?
    los juguetes son de mi hijo the toys are my son's
    es alto/gracioso he is tall/funny
    es azul/difícil it's blue/difficult
    es un amigo/el dueño he is a friend/the owner
    Yo soy buena I am good.
    2 to be (to be worth, quantity).
    ¿cuánto es? how much is it?
    son 300 pesos that'll be 300 pesos
    ¿qué (día) es hoy? what day is it today?, what's today?
    mañana será 15 de julio tomorrow (it) will be 15 July
    ¿qué hora es? what time is it?, what's the time?
    son las tres (de la tarde) it's three o'clock (in the afternoon), it's three (pm)
    3 to be (joined to nouns which signify employment or occupation).
    soy abogado/actriz I'm a lawyer/an actress
    son estudiantes they're students
    4 to be (to happen, to occur, to fall out).
    es muy tarde it's rather late
    era de noche/de día it was night/day
    5 to be (auxiliary verb, by which the passive is formed).
    fue visto por un testigo he was seen by a witness
    6 to exist, to live.
    7 to be for.
    Me es muy fácil aprender español It is very easy for me to learn Spanish.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    soy, eres, es, somos, sois, son.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    seré, serás, será, seremos, seréis, serán.
    Conditional
    sería, serías, sería, seríamos, seríais, serían.
    Present Subjunctive
    sea, seas, sea, seamos, seáis, sean.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    sé (tú), sea (él/Vd.), seamos (nos.), sed (vos.), sean (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    \
    \
    ————————
    * * *
    1. verb 2. noun m.
    * * *
    SF ABR Esp
    = Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión radio network
    * * *
    I 1.
    [ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1]

    es inglés/rubio/católico — he's English/fair/(a) Catholic

    era cierto/posible — it was true/possible

    sé bueno, estáte quieto — be a good boy and keep still

    que seas muy feliz — I hope you'll be very happy; (+ me/te/le etc)

    para serte sincero — to be honest with you, to tell you the truth

    siempre le he sido fiel — I've always been faithful to her; ver tb verbo intransitivo I 5

    ¿éste es o se hace?/¿tú eres o te haces? — (AmL fam) is he/are you stupid or something? (colloq)

    el mayor es casado/divorciado — the oldest is married/divorced

    es viuda — she's a widow; ver tb estar I 3)

    3) (seguido de nombre, pronombre, sintagma nominal) to be

    soy peluquera/abogada — I'm a hairdresser/a lawyer

    ábreme, soy Mariano/yo — open the door, it's Mariano/it's me

    por ser usted, haremos una excepción — for you o since it's you, we'll make an exception

    4) (con predicado introducido por `de')

    es de los vecinos — it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors'

    ésa es de las que... — she's one of those people who..., she's the sort of person who...

    ser de lo que no hay — (fam) to be incredible (colloq)

    5) (hipótesis, futuro)

    ¿será cierto? — can it be true?

    2.
    ser vi
    1)
    a) ( existir) to be
    b) (liter) ( en cuentos)

    érase una vez... — once upon a time there was...

    2)
    a) (tener lugar, ocurrir)

    ¿dónde fue el accidente? — where did the accident happen?

    el asunto fue así... — it happened like this...

    ser de algo/alguien: ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him; ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq); ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? — what will become of us?

    3) ( sumar)

    ¿cuánto es (todo)? — how much is that (altogether)?

    son 3.000 pesos — that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos

    4) (causar, significar) to be
    5) ( resultar)
    6) ( consistir en) to be

    lo importante es participar — the important o main thing is to take part

    7) (indicando finalidad, adecuación)

    fue aquí donde lo vi — this is where I saw him, it was here that I saw him

    fui yo quien or la que lo dije fui yo quien or la que lo dijo — I was the one who said it, it was me that said it

    9)

    es que...: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?; es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim; díselo, si es que te atreves — tell him, if you dare

    10)

    lo que es... — (fam)

    lo que es yo, no pienso hablarle más — I certainly have no intention of speaking to him again

    lo que es saber idiomas! — it sure is something to be able to speak languages! (AmE), what it is to be able to speak languages! (BrE)

    a no ser que — (+ subj) unless

    como debe ser: ¿ves como me acordé? - como debe ser! see, I did remember- I should think so too!; los presentó uno por uno, como debe ser she introduced them one by one, as you should; ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq); como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what; hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done; puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like; como ser (CS) such as; de no ser así (frml) should this not be the case (frml); de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml); de no ser por...: de no ser por él,... if it hadn't been o if it weren't for him,...; eso es! that's it!, that's right!; lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something; tú pagas tus mil pesos o lo que sea... you pay your thousand pesos or whatever...; estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes o anything; no sea que or no vaya a ser que (+ subj) in case; cierra la ventana, no sea or no vaya a ser que llueva close the window in case it rains; ten cuidado, no sea or no vaya a ser que lo eches todo a perder be careful or you'll ruin everything; o sea: los empleados de más antigüedad, o sea los que llevan aquí más de... longer serving employees, that is to say those who have been here more than...; o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested; o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out; (ya) sea..., (ya) sea... either..., or...; (ya) sea por caridad, (ya) sea por otra razón,... whether he did it out of charity or for some other reason,...; sea como sea: hay que impedirlo, sea como sea it must be prevented now matter how o at all costs; sea cuando sea whenever it is; sea quien sea le dices que no estoy whoever it is, tell them I'm not in; si no fuera/hubiera sido por... — if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for...

    12) ( en el tiempo) to be

    ¿qué fecha es hoy? — what's the date today?, what's today's date

    ¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

    serían las cuatro cuando llegó — it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived; ver tb verbo impersonal

    3.
    ser v impers to be
    4.

    ser + pp — to be + pp

    II
    1)
    a) ( ente) being
    b) (individuo, persona)
    2)
    b) ( carácter esencial) essence
    3) (Fil) being
    * * *
    I 1.
    [ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1]

    es inglés/rubio/católico — he's English/fair/(a) Catholic

    era cierto/posible — it was true/possible

    sé bueno, estáte quieto — be a good boy and keep still

    que seas muy feliz — I hope you'll be very happy; (+ me/te/le etc)

    para serte sincero — to be honest with you, to tell you the truth

    siempre le he sido fiel — I've always been faithful to her; ver tb verbo intransitivo I 5

    ¿éste es o se hace?/¿tú eres o te haces? — (AmL fam) is he/are you stupid or something? (colloq)

    el mayor es casado/divorciado — the oldest is married/divorced

    es viuda — she's a widow; ver tb estar I 3)

    3) (seguido de nombre, pronombre, sintagma nominal) to be

    soy peluquera/abogada — I'm a hairdresser/a lawyer

    ábreme, soy Mariano/yo — open the door, it's Mariano/it's me

    por ser usted, haremos una excepción — for you o since it's you, we'll make an exception

    4) (con predicado introducido por `de')

    es de los vecinos — it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors'

    ésa es de las que... — she's one of those people who..., she's the sort of person who...

    ser de lo que no hay — (fam) to be incredible (colloq)

    5) (hipótesis, futuro)

    ¿será cierto? — can it be true?

    2.
    ser vi
    1)
    a) ( existir) to be
    b) (liter) ( en cuentos)

    érase una vez... — once upon a time there was...

    2)
    a) (tener lugar, ocurrir)

    ¿dónde fue el accidente? — where did the accident happen?

    el asunto fue así... — it happened like this...

    ser de algo/alguien: ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him; ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq); ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? — what will become of us?

    3) ( sumar)

    ¿cuánto es (todo)? — how much is that (altogether)?

    son 3.000 pesos — that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos

    4) (causar, significar) to be
    5) ( resultar)
    6) ( consistir en) to be

    lo importante es participar — the important o main thing is to take part

    7) (indicando finalidad, adecuación)

    fue aquí donde lo vi — this is where I saw him, it was here that I saw him

    fui yo quien or la que lo dije fui yo quien or la que lo dijo — I was the one who said it, it was me that said it

    9)

    es que...: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?; es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim; díselo, si es que te atreves — tell him, if you dare

    10)

    lo que es... — (fam)

    lo que es yo, no pienso hablarle más — I certainly have no intention of speaking to him again

    lo que es saber idiomas! — it sure is something to be able to speak languages! (AmE), what it is to be able to speak languages! (BrE)

    a no ser que — (+ subj) unless

    como debe ser: ¿ves como me acordé? - como debe ser! see, I did remember- I should think so too!; los presentó uno por uno, como debe ser she introduced them one by one, as you should; ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq); como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what; hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done; puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like; como ser (CS) such as; de no ser así (frml) should this not be the case (frml); de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml); de no ser por...: de no ser por él,... if it hadn't been o if it weren't for him,...; eso es! that's it!, that's right!; lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something; tú pagas tus mil pesos o lo que sea... you pay your thousand pesos or whatever...; estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes o anything; no sea que or no vaya a ser que (+ subj) in case; cierra la ventana, no sea or no vaya a ser que llueva close the window in case it rains; ten cuidado, no sea or no vaya a ser que lo eches todo a perder be careful or you'll ruin everything; o sea: los empleados de más antigüedad, o sea los que llevan aquí más de... longer serving employees, that is to say those who have been here more than...; o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested; o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out; (ya) sea..., (ya) sea... either..., or...; (ya) sea por caridad, (ya) sea por otra razón,... whether he did it out of charity or for some other reason,...; sea como sea: hay que impedirlo, sea como sea it must be prevented now matter how o at all costs; sea cuando sea whenever it is; sea quien sea le dices que no estoy whoever it is, tell them I'm not in; si no fuera/hubiera sido por... — if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for...

    12) ( en el tiempo) to be

    ¿qué fecha es hoy? — what's the date today?, what's today's date

    ¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

    serían las cuatro cuando llegó — it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived; ver tb verbo impersonal

    3.
    ser v impers to be
    4.

    ser + pp — to be + pp

    II
    1)
    a) ( ente) being
    b) (individuo, persona)
    2)
    b) ( carácter esencial) essence
    3) (Fil) being
    * * *
    ser1
    1 = being, creature.

    Ex: A feeling of unshielded relief filled Pope's whole being.

    Ex: Stories that lead to doing things are all the more attractive to children, who are active rather than passive creatures.
    * abducción por seres extraterrestres = alien abduction.
    * alimentación del ser humano = human nutrition.
    * llegada de seres extraterrestres = alien visitation.
    * nutrición del ser humano = human nutrition.
    * ser consecuente con Uno mismo = be true to + Reflexivo.
    * ser extraterrestre = alien creature.
    * ser fiel con Uno mismo = be true to + Reflexivo.
    * ser humano = human being, human, human person.
    * ser inteligente = intelligent being.
    * ser pensante = sentient being.
    * ser superior = supreme being, higher being, superior being.
    * ser supremo = supreme being.
    * ser todo un éxito = hit + a home run, knock it out of + the park.
    * ser vivo = living being, sentient being.
    * todo ser humano = every living soul.
    * tráfico de seres humanos = trafficking in human beings.
    * trata de seres humanos = trafficking in human beings.

    ser2
    2 = be, take + the form of, stand as.

    Ex: Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.

    Ex: Hierarchical relationships may also take the form of co-ordinate relationships, in which case they may be represented by 'RT' or related term, in a similar manner to affinitive relationships below.
    Ex: Meantime, our new library stand as as a confident symbol of the importance of ALL librarires to the nation's cultural, educational and economic success.
    * anhelar ser = ache to be.
    * a no ser que = unless.
    * así es = that's how it is.
    * así sea = amen.
    * así son las cosas = that's they way things are.
    * centrado en el ser humano = anthropocentric.
    * clonación del ser humano = human cloning.
    * como es el caso de = as it is with.
    * cómo + ser = what + be like.
    * conseguir ser el centro de atención = capture + spotlight.
    * continuar siendo importante = remain + big.
    * crearse el prestigio de ser = establish + a record as.
    * cualquiera que fuere = any... whatsoever.
    * cualquiera que fuese = any... whatsoever.
    * cualquiera que sea + Nombre = whichever + Nombre.
    * debilidad del ser humano = mankind's frailty.
    * dejar de ser útil = outlive + Posesivo + usefulness.
    * demostrar ser = prove + to be.
    * de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.
    * dicho sea de paso = by the by(e).
    * dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.
    * dinero + ser para = money + go towards.
    * el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.
    * el ser barato = cheapness.
    * el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * entrar sin ser visto = sneak into.
    * es = it's [it is].
    * esa es la cuestión = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * esa es la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.
    * es de deducir que = it follows that.
    * es de destacar que = significantly.
    * es de esperar = hopefully.
    * es de esperar que = all being well.
    * es de resaltar que = significantly.
    * es de suponer que = presumably.
    * ese es el asunto = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * ese es el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * es el momento adecuado = the moment is ripe, the time is ripe.
    * es el momento oportuno = the moment is ripe, the time is ripe.
    * es evidente = clearly.
    * es importante destacar = importantly.
    * es inevitable que = inevitably.
    * es interesante que = interestingly.
    * es lo que a mí me parece = my two cents' worth.
    * es lo que yo pienso = my two cents' worth.
    * es más = more important, moreover.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * es mi opinión = my two cents' worth.
    * es mi parecer = my two cents' worth.
    * es por lo tanto deducible que = it therefore follows that.
    * es por lo tanto de esperar que = it therefore follows that.
    * es por lo tanto lógico que = it therefore follows that.
    * ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.
    * estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.
    * evitar ser afectado = escape + unaffected.
    * fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.
    * haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.
    * haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.
    * la razón de ser = the reason for being.
    * la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.
    * llegar a ser = become, develop into.
    * llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.
    * lo que es aun peor = worse still.
    * lo que es peor = what's worse.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que + ser = what + be like.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * merecer ser mencionado = deserve + mention.
    * no ser aconsejable = be undesirable.
    * no ser + Adjetivo + Infinitivo = be less than + Adjetivo + Infinitivo.
    * no ser así ya = be no longer the case.
    * no ser bien visto = be in the doghouse.
    * no ser cobarde = be no chicken.
    * no ser consciente de = remain + unaware of.
    * no ser deseable = be undesirable.
    * no + ser + de sorprender que = it + be + not surprising that.
    * no ser fácil = be no picnic, not be easy.
    * no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.
    * no ser lo suficientemente bueno = not be good enough.
    * no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.
    * no ser nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.
    * no ser ningún jovencito = be no chicken.
    * no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.
    * no ser sino = be nothing but.
    * no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.
    * no ser un lecho de rosas = be not all roses.
    * no ser verdad = be untrue.
    * no somos todos iguales = one size doesn't fit all.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * para ser específico = to be specific.
    * para ser franco = in all honesty.
    * para ser sincero = to be honest, in all honesty.
    * pasar a ser = become, develop into.
    * por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.
    * por si fuera poco = to boot, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * posible de ser consultado por máquina = machine-viewable.
    * posible de ser visto en pantalla = displayable.
    * primer puesto + ser para = pride of place + go to.
    * puede muy bien ser = could well be.
    * puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.
    * que fue = one-time.
    * que fue común antes = once-common.
    * que ha sido abordado con preguntas = accost.
    * que puede ser apilado = stacking.
    * razón de ser = point, raison d'etre, rationale, sense of purpose.
    * ser reconocido = gain + recognition.
    * resultar ser = prove + to be, turn out to be, happen + to be.
    * sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost, at any price, come hell or high water.
    * sea cual fuere = any... whatsoever, any... whatsoever.
    * sea cual fuese = any... whatsoever, any... whatsoever.
    * sea cual sea el criterio utilizado = by any standard(s).
    * sea lo que sea = whatever it is, be that as it may, call it what you want.
    * seamos realistas = face it, let's face it.
    * sean cuales sean = whatever they may be.
    * sentido del ser humano = human sense.
    * ser accesible a través de = be available through.
    * ser aceptado = take + hold, gain + acceptance, take off.
    * ser acertado = be spot on.
    * ser aconsejable = be welcome, be better served by, be in order.
    * ser acorde con = be commensurate with.
    * ser acuciante = be acute.
    * ser acusado de delito criminal = face + criminal charge.
    * ser adecuado = be right, stand up, fit + the bill.
    * ser + Adjetivo = get + Adjetivo.
    * ser + Adjetivo + para = have + a + Adjetivo + effect on.
    * ser afectado por = have + a high stake in.
    * ser aficionado a = be fond of.
    * ser afortunado = be lucky, strike + lucky.
    * ser agradable de oír = be good to hear.
    * ser agradable + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.
    * ser algo bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser algo bueno = be a good thing.
    * ser algo completamente distinto = be nothing of the sort.
    * ser algo común = be a fact of life, dominate + the scene, be a common occurrence, become + a common feature, be a part of life.
    * ser Algo demasiado difícil para = be in over + Posesivo + head, be out of + Posesivo + depth.
    * ser algo excepcional = be the exception rather than the rule, be in a league of its own.
    * ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo facilísimo = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo habitual = become + a common feature, be a fact of life.
    * ser Algo imponente = loom + large.
    * ser algo inevitable = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * ser algo más profundo que = go + deeper than.
    * ser algo más serio que = go + deeper than.
    * ser algo (muy) bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.
    * ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.
    * ser Algo muy importante = loom + large.
    * ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.
    * ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo muy revelador = be a giveaway.
    * ser algo natural para = be second nature to + Pronombre, come + naturally to.
    * ser algo normal = be a fact of life, become + a common feature, be a part of life.
    * ser algo permanente = be here to stay.
    * ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.
    * ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser algo por lo que = be a matter for/of.
    * ser algo por ver = be an open question.
    * ser algo que no ocurre con frecuencia = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo útil para = be something in the hand for.
    * ser amado = loved-one.
    * ser amigo de = be buddies with.
    * ser analizado como una frase = be phrase parsed.
    * ser apreciado = receive + appreciation.
    * ser apropiado = be right.
    * ser aproximadamente + Número = be around + Número, be about + Número.
    * ser arrestado = be under arrest.
    * ser asequible = be available, become + available.
    * ser asequible a = be amenable to.
    * ser así = be the case (with), be just like that.
    * ser atacado = be under attack, come under + fire, be under assault.
    * ser atractivo = look + attractive, be popular in appeal.
    * ser atrevido = make + a bold statement.
    * ser atribuible a = be attributable to.
    * ser aun más = be all the more.
    * ser autosuficiente = stand on + Posesivo + own, self-serve.
    * ser autosuficiente económicamente = pay + Posesivo + own way.
    * ser avaricioso = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.
    * ser bienvenido = be most welcome, make + welcome, be welcome.
    * ser bonito + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.
    * ser buenísimo + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.
    * ser bueno = make + good + Nombre.
    * ser bueno en = be good at.
    * ser bueno para Alguien = be to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * ser capaz de = be capable of.
    * ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.
    * ser característico de = be emblematic of.
    * ser carísimo = cost + be prohibitive.
    * ser caro = be steep.
    * ser casi seguro = be a good bet.
    * ser chiquito pero matón = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * ser chulo = be cool.
    * ser clavado a = be a dead ringer for.
    * ser cliente de una tienda = patronise + shop.
    * ser coherente = cohere.
    * ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * ser como mínimo = be no less than.
    * ser como una esfera = wrap around.
    * ser como un círculo = wrap around.
    * ser como un libro abierto = be an open book.
    * ser complementario el uno del otro = be integral one to another.
    * ser complementarios = be integral one to another.
    * ser completamente diferente = be in a different league.
    * ser completo = be all inclusive.
    * ser común = be the case (with).
    * ser condenado a prisión = receive + prison sentence.
    * ser confuso = be deceiving.
    * ser conocido por = famously, have + a track record of.
    * ser conocido por todos = be out in the open.
    * ser consciente = sentient being.
    * ser consciente de = be alive to, be aware of, be cognisant of, be mindful of/that, become + cognisant of, be aware of, realise [realize, -USA].
    * ser consciente de + Posesivo + valía = be alive to + Posesivo + worth.
    * ser consciente + desafortunadamente = be painfully aware of.
    * ser contradictorio de = run + contrary to.
    * ser contraproducente = defeat + Posesivo + purpose, blowback.
    * ser contrario a = be contrary to, be hostile to.
    * ser conveniente + Infinitivo = be as well + Infinitivo, be well + Infinitivo.
    * ser correcto = be all right, be correct, be right.
    * ser cortés con = be civil towards.
    * ser costumbre = be customary.
    * ser creativo = be inventive.
    * ser creíble = invoke + belief.
    * ser criticado = be subjected to + criticism, be (the) subject of/to criticism, take + heat, come under + fire.
    * ser crucial (para) = be central (to).
    * ser cuestión de = come down to.
    * ser culpable = be to blame.
    * ser culpable (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * ser dado a = be amenable to, be apt to, be given to.
    * ser de = be a native of.
    * ser de alto nivel = be at a high level.
    * ser de armas tomar = be a (real) handful.
    * ser de ayuda = be of assistance.
    * ser debatible = be a moot point, be open to question, be open to debate, be at issue.
    * ser de calidad = be up to snuff, be up to scratch.
    * ser decisión de + Nombre = be down to + Nombre.
    * ser de contenido + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in content.
    * ser de crecimiento rápido = be a quick grower.
    * ser de difícil acceso = tuck away.
    * ser de dominio público = be public domain.
    * ser deficiente = be wanting.
    * ser definitivo = be final.
    * ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.
    * ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.
    * ser de importancia primordial = be of key importance.
    * ser de importancia vital = lie at + the heart of.
    * ser de interés para = be of interest (to/for).
    * ser dejado en la obligación de Uno = be derelict in + duty.
    * ser de la izquierda = be of the left.
    * ser de la noche = night creature.
    * ser de la opinión de que = be of the opinion that, be of the view that.
    * ser del gusto de Uno = be to + Posesivo + taste.
    * ser del orden de + Número = be of the order of + Número.
    * ser de los que piensan que = subscribe to + view.
    * ser demasiado = be over-provided, be a mouthful.
    * ser demasiado + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * ser demasiado complaciente = lean over + too far backwards.
    * ser demasiado común = be all too common.
    * ser demasiado para = be too much for, be too much for.
    * ser demasiado precavido = err + on the side of caution.
    * ser demasiado preciso = put + too fine a point on, split + hairs.
    * ser demasiado quisquilloso = put + too fine a point on, split + hairs.
    * ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.
    * ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * ser de número limitado = be limited in number.
    * ser de origen + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in origin.
    * ser de poco valor = be of little use, be of little value.
    * ser de primera categoría = be top notch.
    * ser de raza negra o de piel morena = be coloured.
    * ser de sabios = be a point of wisdom.
    * ser desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.
    * ser desastroso = spell + bad news, be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * ser desconocido para = be alien to.
    * ser descorazonador = be dispiriting.
    * ser desoído = be unheeded.
    * ser despiadado = play + hardball.
    * ser detenido = be under arrest.
    * ser de un solo uso = be a one-trip pony.
    * ser de un tipo diferente = be different in kind, differ in + kind (from).
    * ser de un valor especial = be of particular value.
    * ser de uso general = be in general use, be generally available.
    * ser de utilidad = be of use.
    * ser de utilidad a = be of service to.
    * ser diestro en = be skilled at.
    * ser difícil = be a stretch.
    * ser difícil de bregar = be a (real) handful.
    * ser difícil de conseguir = be hard to get.
    * ser difícil de creer = beggar + belief.
    * ser difícil de encontrar = be hard to find.
    * ser difícil de lograr = be hard to get.
    * ser difícil de superar = take + some beating.
    * ser digno de = merit.
    * ser digno de admiración = deserve + admiration.
    * ser digno de crítica = merit + a critical eye.
    * ser digno de + Infinitivo = be worth + Gerundio.
    * ser diplomático = say + the right thing.
    * ser discutible = be open to question, be open to debate, be at issue.
    * ser dogmático = be dogmatic.
    * ser dos mundos completamente distintos = be poles apart.
    * ser dudoso = be doubtful.
    * ser duro = play + hardball.
    * ser eficaz para + Infinitivo = be efficient at + Gerundio.
    * ser el acabóse = take + the biscuit, take + the cake, be the limit.
    * ser el alma de = be the life of, be the life and soul of.
    * ser el asunto = be the point.
    * ser el beneficiario de = be on the receiving end of.
    * ser el blanco de = be a pushover for.
    * ser el blanco de las críticas = come under + fire.
    * ser el canalizador de = be the conduit for.
    * ser el capitán = skipper, captain.
    * ser el caso (de) = be the case (with).
    * ser el centro de atención = steal + the limelight, steal + the show, cut + a dash.
    * ser el centro de todas las miradas = cut + a dash.
    * ser el colmo = be the last straw, bring + the situation to a head, take + the biscuit, take + the cake, be the limit.
    * ser el contrincante más débil = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * ser el culo del mundo = be the pits.
    * ser elegido = get in.
    * ser elevado = be steep.
    * ser el éxito de la fiesta = steal + the limelight, steal + the show.
    * ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).
    * ser el jefe = be in charge, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * ser el límite = be the limit.
    * ser el mandamás = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * ser el más afectado por = bear + the brunt of.
    * ser el máximo = be the limit.
    * ser el momento clave = mark + the watershed.
    * ser el momento (de) = be the time to.
    * ser el momento decisivo = mark + the watershed.
    * ser el momento de/para = it + be + time to/for.
    * ser el objetivo de Uno = be in business for.
    * ser el orgullo de = be the pride and joy of.
    * ser el origen de = provide + the material for.
    * ser el paraje natural de = be home to.
    * ser el preludio = usher in.
    * ser el primero = be second to none, come out on + top.
    * ser el primero en = lead + the way in.
    * ser el primero en + Infinitivo = take + the lead in + Gerundio.
    * ser el punto de partida de = form + the basis of.
    * ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser el que con mayor frecuencia = be (the) most likely to.
    * ser el que con menor frecuencia = be (the) least likely to.
    * ser el resultado de = follow from, result from.
    * ser el segundo de a bordo = play + second fiddle.
    * ser el último grito = be all the rage.
    * ser el último mono ser el último mono = feel + pulled and tugged.
    * ser emblemático de = be emblematic of.
    * ser en balde = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * ser en cierto modo un + Nombre = be something of a + Nombre.
    * ser en vano = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * ser enviado a = have + the lead to.
    * ser equiparable a = be commensurate with.
    * ser erróneo = be wide of the mark, be wrong.
    * ser escaso = be few and far between, be in short supply.
    * ser esclavo de = be slave to.
    * ser estupendo = sound + great, be fine and dandy.
    * ser estúpido = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * ser exigente al elegir = pick and choose.
    * ser exigente al escoger = pick and choose.
    * ser experto en = be skilled at.
    * ser expulsado de = be dropped from.
    * ser extraño para = be alien to.
    * ser extremadamente + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * ser fácil = be easy.
    * ser fácil de conseguir = be readily available.
    * ser facilísimo = be a snap, be a piece of cake.
    * ser factible de = be amenable to.
    * ser familiar = strike + familiar chords, ring + a bell.
    * ser famoso = gain + recognition, be popular.
    * ser famoso por = famously, have + a track record of.
    * ser favorable = be a plus.
    * ser ficticio = be fiction.
    * ser fiel a = cleave to.
    * ser fructífero = come to + fruition.
    * ser goloso = have + a sweet tooth.
    * ser grosero con = be abusive of.
    * ser hábil para = be adroit at.
    * ser habitual = be customary.
    * ser harina de otro costal = be a different kettle of fish.
    * ser hipertenso = be hyper.
    * ser hora de = it + be + time to/for.
    * ser hora de definirse = time to climb off the fence.
    * ser hora de irse = be time to go.
    * ser hora de marcharse = be time to go.
    * ser hora ya de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).
    * ser humilde = hide + Posesivo + light under a bushel.
    * sería mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.
    * ser ideal = suit + best, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.
    * ser ideal para Uno = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.
    * ser idóneo para = be suited to.
    * ser ignorado = be unheeded.
    * ser igual a = be equivalent to, equal.
    * ser igual que = amount to + the same thing as.
    * ser ilegal = be against the law.
    * ser ilimitado = be boundless.
    * ser implacable = play + hardball.
    * ser imponente = be awe-inspiring.
    * ser importante = be of importance, make + a difference, be of consequence.
    * ser importantísimo = make + all the difference in the world, make + difference in the world.
    * ser importantísimo (para) = be central (to).
    * ser imposible = be dead meat.
    * ser imprescindible = be a must.
    * ser improcedente = be out of order.
    * ser imprudente = be reckless.
    * ser inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.
    * ser incapaz de = be unable to.
    * ser incoherente = Negativo + hold + water.
    * ser incompatible (con) = be irreconcilable (with).
    * ser inconsistente = Negativo + hold + water.
    * ser increíble = beggar + belief.
    * ser independiente = go + Posesivo + own way, stew in + Posesivo + own juice, stand on + Posesivo + own (two) feet.
    * ser indescriptible = beggar + description.
    * ser indispensable = be a must.
    * ser ineficaz = fire + blanks.
    * ser infundado = be unfounded.
    * ser inherente a = inhere in.
    * ser inimaginable = beggar + imagination.
    * ser inminente = be on the cards.
    * ser inmune a = be immune from, be immune against.
    * ser innovador = break + new ground, break + ground.
    * ser innumerable = be without number, be legion.
    * ser innumerables = run into + the thousands.
    * ser insignificante = pale into + insignificance, stick + Algo + on a pin-point, be of no consequence.
    * ser insignificante de = be slight in.
    * ser inteligente = be talented.
    * ser interesante = be of interest (to/for).
    * ser interesante + Infinitivo = be as well + Infinitivo, be well + Infinitivo.
    * ser interesante + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.
    * ser interminable = there + be + no end to.
    * ser intransigente = play + hardball.
    * ser inútil = fire + blanks.
    * ser irrespetuoso con = disrespect, diss.
    * ser justo = play + fair.
    * ser justo con todos = give the devil his due.
    * ser justo hasta con el diablo = give the devil his due.
    * ser justo lo que se necesita = be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.
    * ser justo lo que Uno necesita = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * ser justo que = there + be + justice in.
    * ser juzgado = stand + trial, stand for + trial.
    * ser la abreviatura de = be short for.
    * ser la base de = be at the core of, form + the basis of, be at the heart of.
    * ser la ciudad de = be home to.
    * ser la clave de = hold + the key to.
    * ser la comidilla del barrio = be the talk of the town.
    * ser la comidilla del pueblo = be the talk of the town.
    * ser la consecuencia de = follow from, result from.
    * ser la costumbre = be customary.
    * ser la cuestión = be the point.
    * ser la culminación de Algo = represent + the culmination of, mark + the culmination of.
    * ser la culpa de = be the fault of.
    * ser la debilidad de Alguien = be a sucker for.
    * ser la elección lógica = be a/the natural choice.
    * ser la elección natural = be a/the natural choice.
    * ser la excepción = be the exception.
    * ser la excepción a la regla = constitute + the exception to the rule.
    * ser la excepción que confirma la regla = be the exception rather than the rule.
    * ser la forma abreviada de = be short for.
    * ser la forma de = be a recipe for.
    * ser la fórmula para = be a recipe for.
    * ser la gota que colma el vaso = bring + the situation to a head.
    * ser la idea central de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.
    * ser la imagen de = be a picture of.
    * ser la intención = be the intention.
    * ser la intención de uno = be + Posesivo + intention.
    * ser la manera de = be a recipe for.
    * ser la materia prima de = be grist to + Posesivo + mill.
    * ser la mayoría = be in the majority.
    * ser la mejor alternativa = be the best bet.
    * ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.
    * ser lamentable = be a pity.
    * ser la minoría = be in the minority.
    * ser la norma = be the norm, be the rule, become + the norm.
    * ser la novedad = be on the scene.
    * ser la obra de = be the work of.
    * ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.
    * ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.
    * ser la propia responsabilidad de Alguien = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * ser la prueba de fuego de Algo = test + Nombre + to the limit.
    * ser la punta de lanza de = spearhead.
    * ser la razón de = lie at + the root of.
    * ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.
    * ser la responsabilidad de = be the responsibility of.
    * ser la responsabilidad de Alguien + Infinitivo = it + lie with + Nombre/Pronombre + to + Infinitivo.
    * ser la última palabra = be all the rage.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * ser lector de una biblioteca = library membership.
    * ser lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.
    * ser líder en = take + the lead in + Gerundio.
    * ser lo de Uno = be cut out for, be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.
    * ser lo mismo = be one and the same.
    * ser lo normal = be the order of the day.
    * ser lo principal de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.
    * ser lo que a Uno le encanta = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * ser lo que a Uno le gusta = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.
    * ser lo que a Uno le interesa = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.
    * ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.
    * ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.
    * ser lo suficientemente + Adjetivo + como para = be + Adjetivo + enough to.
    * ser lo suficientemente comprensivo = go + far enough.
    * ser lo suficientemente conocido como para que = be sufficiently well known for.
    * serlo todo para todos = be all things to all men, be all things to all people.
    * ser lo último = be all the rage, be the pits.
    * ser lo último en = become + the next stop in.
    * ser lo último en lo que + pensar = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.
    * ser lo último que + ocurrir + a Alguien = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.
    * ser magnífico + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.
    * ser malo = be a joke, spell + bad news, make + poor + Nombre.
    * ser maravilloso = sound + great.
    * ser más astuto que = outfox, outwit, outsmart.
    * ser más interno = inner being.
    * ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.
    * ser mayor = be older.
    * ser mejor en = be better at.
    * ser mejor que = be superior to, compare + favourably.
    * ser mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.
    * ser menor = be less.
    * ser menos + Adjetivo = be less of a(n) + Nombre.
    * ser mínimo = be at a minimum.
    * ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.
    * ser modesto = hide + Posesivo + light under a bushel.
    * ser molesto = be disturbing.
    * ser moroso = be in default.
    * ser motivador = be motivating.
    * ser motivo de preocupación = loom + large.
    * ser mucho = be a mouthful.
    * ser mucho más = be all the more.
    * ser mucho más que = be far more than.
    * ser muy aconsejable que = be well advised to.
    * ser muy alto = be metres high.
    * ser muy amigo de = be pally with.
    * ser muy antiguo = go ba

    * * *
    /ser/
    = Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión
    * * *

     

    ser ( conjugate ser) cópula
    1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be
    ◊ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;

    es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf;
    es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic;
    era cierto it was true;
    sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still;
    que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy;

    (+ me/te/le etc)

    ver tb imposible, difícil etc
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    es viuda she's a widow;
    ver tb estar 1 cópula 2
    3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be;

    ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me
    4 (con predicado introducido por `de'):

    soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba;
    es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors';
    no soy de aquí I'm not from around here
    5 (hipótesis, futuro):

    ¿será cierto? can it be true?
    verbo intransitivo
    1

    b) (liter) ( en cuentos):

    ◊ érase una vez … once upon a time there was …

    2
    a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):


    ¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?

    ◊ ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;

    ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq);
    ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us?
    3 ( sumar):
    ◊ ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;

    son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos;
    somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether
    4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) ser para algo to be for sth;

    ( en locs)
    ◊ a no ser que (+ subj) unless;

    ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq);
    como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what;
    hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done;
    el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever;
    puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like;
    de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml);
    ¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!;
    es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?;
    es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim;
    lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something;
    estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes;
    o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago;
    o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested;
    o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out;
    (ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …;
    sea como sea at all costs;
    sea cuando sea whenever it is;
    sea donde sea no matter where;
    sea quien sea whoever it is;
    si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for …
    ( en el tiempo) to be;
    ◊ ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;

    serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived;
    ver tb v impers
    ser v impers to be;

    ser v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be;
    fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( ente) being;

    ◊ ser humano/vivo human/living being

    b) (individuo, persona):


    2 ( naturaleza):

    ser
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
    ser humano, human being
    ser vivo, living being
    2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
    2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
    ya es la una, it's one o'clock
    3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people
    (al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
    son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas
    Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
    4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
    5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
    6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
    es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
    7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
    es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
    8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
    ¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
    9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
    10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
    11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
    12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
    13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes
    (adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
    esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
    15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
    es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
    no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
    16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
    17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave
    ♦ Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
    como sea, anyhow
    de no ser por..., had it not been for
    es más, furthermore
    es que..., it's just that...
    lo que sea, whatever
    o sea, that is (to say)
    sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
    ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit
    ' ser' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - acceder
    - además
    - aficionada
    - aficionado
    - alardear
    - alcanzar
    - alimentar
    - alta
    - alto
    - ambicionar
    - antigüedad
    - aparición
    - arma
    - atinar
    - atorarse
    - aúpa
    - babear
    - básica
    - básico
    - bendición
    - caber
    - cacho
    - cada
    - cafetera
    - cafetero
    - calco
    - callo
    - canela
    - cansada
    - cansado
    - cantar
    - capaz
    - capirote
    - carácter
    - cardo
    - carne
    - carné
    - caso
    - cero
    - colarse
    - comida
    - comidilla
    - comido
    - conmigo
    - conquistador
    - conquistadora
    - contagiarse
    - contemplar
    - contienda
    English:
    accountable
    - addicted
    - adjust
    - allow
    - allowance
    - ambition
    - amount to
    - anathema
    - anomaly
    - arduous
    - around
    - aspire
    - aware
    - bad
    - be
    - beating
    - being
    - belong
    - betray
    - big
    - bill
    - bind over
    - bird
    - booby trap
    - boring
    - bounce
    - can
    - carry
    - catch up
    - cerebral
    - ceremonial
    - ceremony
    - charm
    - chip
    - claim
    - come into
    - come under
    - connoisseur
    - court
    - degree
    - deserve
    - destroy
    - differ
    - do
    - dodger
    - doubly
    - due
    - ear
    - easy
    - edit
    * * *
    ser The auxiliary verb ser is used with the past participle of a verb to form the passive (e.g. la película fue criticada the movie was criticized).
    ♦ v aux
    [para formar la voz pasiva] to be;
    fue visto por un testigo he was seen by a witness;
    la propuesta es debatida o [m5] está siendo debatida en el parlamento the proposal is being debated in parliament
    ♦ v copulativo
    1. [con adjetivos, sustantivos, pronombres] [indica cualidad, identidad, condición] to be;
    es alto/gracioso he's tall/funny;
    soy chileno/chiapaneco I'm Chilean/from Chiapas;
    es azul/difícil it's blue/difficult;
    sé discreta/paciente be discreet/patient;
    es un amigo/el dueño he's a friend/the owner;
    son unos amigos míos they're friends of mine;
    es el cartero/tu madre it's the postman o US mailman/your mother;
    soy yo, ábreme open up, it's me;
    soy Víctor [al teléfono] it's Víctor;
    la casa es aquella de ahí the house is that one over there;
    es un tipo muy simpático he's a very nice guy;
    ¿es eso verdad? is that true?;
    eso no es cierto that isn't true;
    es obvio que le gustas it's obvious that he likes you;
    no es necesario ir it isn't necessary to go;
    es posible que llueva it may rain;
    no está mal para ser de segunda mano it's not bad considering it's second-hand;
    no pierde sus derechos por ser inmigrante just because he's an immigrant doesn't mean he doesn't have any rights;
    te lo dejo en la mitad por ser tú seeing as o because it's you, I'll let you have it half-price;
    por ser usted, señora, 15 euros to you, madam, 15 euros;
    que seas muy feliz I wish you every happiness, I hope you'll be very happy;
    ¡será imbécil el tipo! the guy must be stupid!;
    este restaurante ya no es lo que era this restaurant isn't as good as it used to be o isn't what it used to be;
    RP Fam
    ser loco por algo to be wild about sth
    2. [con sustantivos, adjetivos] [indica empleo, dedicación, estado civil, religión] to be;
    soy abogado/actriz I'm a lawyer/an actress;
    son estudiantes they're students;
    para ser juez hay que trabajar mucho you have to work very hard to be o become a judge;
    es padre de tres hijos he's a father of three;
    es soltero/casado/divorciado he's single/married/divorced;
    era viuda she was a widow;
    son budistas/protestantes they are Buddhists/Protestants;
    el que fuera gobernador del estado the former governor of the state;
    Am Fam
    ¿tú eres o te haces? are you stupid or what?;
    RP Fam
    ¿vos sos o te hacés? are you stupid or what?
    3. [con "de"] [indica material, origen, propiedad]
    ser de [estar hecho de] to be made of;
    [provenir de] to be from; [pertenecer a] to belong to;
    un juguete que es todo de madera a completely wooden toy, a toy made completely of wood;
    ¿de dónde eres? where are you from?;
    estas pilas son de una linterna these batteries are from a torch;
    ¿es de usted este abrigo? is this coat yours?, does this coat belong to you?;
    los juguetes son de mi hijo the toys are my son's;
    portarse así es de cobardes only cowards behave like that, it's cowardly to behave like that
    4. [con "de"] [indica pertenencia a grupo]
    ser de [club, asociación, partido] to be a member of;
    ¿de qué equipo eres? [aficionado] which team o who do you support?;
    soy del Barcelona I support Barcelona;
    ser de los que… to be one of those people who…;
    ése es de los que están en huelga he is one of those on strike;
    no es de las que se asustan por cualquier cosa she's not one to get scared easily
    ♦ vi
    1. [ocurrir, tener lugar] to be;
    fue aquí it was here;
    ¿cuándo es la boda? when's the wedding?;
    la final era ayer the final was yesterday;
    ¿cómo fue lo de tu accidente? how did your accident happen?;
    ¿qué fue de aquel amigo tuyo? what happened to that friend of yours?;
    ¿qué es de Pablo? how's Pablo (getting on)?
    2. [constituir, consistir en] to be;
    fue un acierto que nos quedáramos en casa we were right to stay at home;
    lo importante es decidirse the important thing is to reach a decision;
    su ambición era dar la vuelta al mundo her ambition was to travel round the world;
    tratar así de mal a la gente es buscarse problemas treating people so badly is asking for trouble
    3. [con fechas, horas] to be;
    ¿qué (día) es hoy? what day is it today?, what's today?;
    hoy es jueves today's Thursday, it's Thursday today;
    ¿qué (fecha) es hoy? what's the date today?, what date is it today?;
    mañana será 15 de julio tomorrow (it) will be 15 July;
    ¿qué hora es? what time is it?, what's the time?;
    son las tres (de la tarde) it's three o'clock (in the afternoon), it's three (pm);
    serán o [m5] deben de ser las tres it must be three (o'clock)
    4. [con precios] to be;
    ¿cuánto es? how much is it?;
    son 300 pesos that'll be 300 pesos;
    ¿a cómo son esos tomates? how much are those tomatoes?
    5. [con cifras, en operaciones] to be;
    ellos eran unos 500 there were about 500 of them;
    11 por 100 son 1.100 11 times 100 is 1,100
    6. [servir, ser adecuado]
    ser para to be for;
    este trapo es para (limpiar) las ventanas this cloth is for (cleaning) the windows;
    este libro es para niños this book is for children;
    la ciudad no es para mí the city isn't for me
    7. [con "de" más infinitivo] [indica necesidad, posibilidad]
    es de desear que… it is to be hoped that…;
    era de esperar que pasara algo así it was to be expected that something like that would happen;
    es de suponer que aparecerá presumably, he'll turn up;
    es de temer cuando se enoja she's really scary when she gets angry
    8. [para recalcar, poner énfasis]
    ése es el que me lo contó he's the one who told me;
    lo que es a mí, no me llamaron they certainly didn't call me, they didn't call me, anyway;
    ¿es que ya no te acuerdas? don't you remember any more, then?, you mean you don't remember any more?
    9. [indica excusa, motivo]
    es que no me hacen caso but o the thing is they don't listen to me;
    es que no vine porque estaba enfermo the reason I didn't come is that I was ill, I didn't come because I was ill, you see;
    ¿cómo es que no te han avisado? how come they didn't tell you?
    10. Literario [existir]
    Platón, uno de los grandes sabios que en el mundo han sido Plato, one of the wisest men ever to walk this earth
    11. [en frases]
    a no ser que venga unless she comes;
    tengo que conseguirlo (sea) como sea I have to get it one way or another;
    hay que evitar (sea) como sea que se entere we have to prevent her from finding out at all costs o no matter what;
    hazlo cuando sea do it whenever;
    de no ser/haber sido por… if it weren't/hadn't been for…;
    de no ser por él no estaríamos vivos if it weren't for him, we wouldn't be alive;
    de no ser así otherwise;
    de ser así if that should happen;
    déjalo donde sea leave it anywhere o wherever;
    érase una vez, érase que se era once upon a time;
    dile lo que sea, da igual tell her anything o whatever, it doesn't make any difference;
    haré lo que sea para recuperar mi dinero I will do whatever it takes o anything to get my money back;
    se enfadó, y no era para menos she got angry, and not without reason;
    no sea que…, no vaya a ser que… in case…;
    la llamaré ahora no sea que luego me olvide I'll call her now in case I forget later;
    Estados Unidos y Japón, o sea, las dos economías mundiales más importantes the United States and Japan, that is to say o in other words, the two most important economies in the world;
    50 euros, o sea unas 8.300 pesetas 50 euros, that's about 8,300 pesetas;
    o sea que no quieres venir so you don't want to come then?;
    por si fuera poco as if that wasn't enough;
    habla con quien sea talk to anyone;
    sea quien sea no abras la puerta don't open the door, whoever it is;
    si no fuera/hubiera sido por… if it weren't/hadn't been for…;
    Am
    siendo que… seeing that o as…, given that…;
    Am
    siendo que tienes la plata, cómprate el vestido más caro seeing as o since you've got the money, buy yourself the more expensive dress
    ♦ v impersonal
    [indica tiempo] to be;
    es muy tarde it's rather late;
    era de noche/de día it was night/day
    ♦ nm
    1. [ente] being;
    seres de otro planeta beings from another planet
    ser humano human being;
    Ser Supremo Supreme Being;
    los seres vivos living things
    2. [persona] person;
    sus seres queridos his loved ones
    3. [existencia]
    mis padres me dieron el ser my parents gave me my life
    4. [esencia, naturaleza] being;
    la quiero con todo mi ser I love her with all my being o soul
    * * *
    f abr (= Sociedad Española de Radiodifusión) network of independent Spanish radio stations
    * * *
    ser {77} vi
    1) : to be
    él es mi hermano: he is my brother
    Camila es linda: Camila is pretty
    2) : to exist, to live
    ser, o no ser: to be or not to be
    3) : to take place, to occur
    el concierto es el domingo: the concert is on Sunday
    4) (used with expressions of time, date, season)
    son las diez: it's ten o'clock
    hoy es el 9: today's the 9th
    5) : to cost, to come to
    ¿cuánto es?: how much is it?
    6) (with the future tense) : to be able to be
    ¿será posible?: can it be possible?
    7)
    ser de : to come from
    somos de Managua: we're from Managua
    8)
    ser de : to belong to
    ese lápiz es de Juan: that's Juan's pencil
    9)
    es que : the thing is that
    es que no lo conozco: it's just that I don't know him
    ¡sea! : agreed!, all right!
    sea... sea : either... or
    la cuenta ha sido pagada: the bill has been paid
    él fue asesinado: he was murdered
    ser nm
    : being
    ser humano: human being
    * * *
    ser1 n (ente) being
    ser2 vb
    1. (en general) to be
    2. (estar hecho) to be made
    3. (pertenecer) to belong
    este libro es de María this book belongs to María / this book is María's

    Spanish-English dictionary > ser

  • 16 EIGA

    * * *
    I)
    (á, átta, áttr), v.
    1) to own, possess (Starkaðr átti hest góðan);
    2) to have (eiga börn, föður, móður, vin);
    hann átti Gró, he was married to G.;
    hann gekk at eiga Þóru, he took Th. for his wife, he married Th.;
    enga vil ek þessa eiga, I will not marry any of these;
    eiga heima, to have a home, to live (þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk);
    eiga sér e-t = eiga e-t (Höskuldr átti sér dóttur, er Hallgerðr hét);
    eiga ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon;
    eiga hlut at or í e-u, to have a share in a thing, to be concerned in;
    eiga vald á e-u, to have within one’s power;
    3) to be under obligation, be obliged, have to do a thing;
    tólf menn, þeir er fylgð áttu með konungi, who were bound to attend the king’s person;
    á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound (I have) to see to that;
    átti Hrútr för í Vestfjorðu, H. had to go to the V.;
    4) to have a right (claim) to, be entitled to (eiga högg ok höfn í skóginum);
    eiga mál í e-m, to have a charge against one;
    5) to keep, hold;
    eiga fund, þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting;
    eiga kaupstefnu, to hod a market;
    eiga orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle with one;
    eiga högg við e-n, to exchange blows with one;
    eiga illt við e-n, to quarrel with;
    eiga tal (or mál) við e-n, to speak, converse with one;
    6) as an auxiliary with pp. = hafa (þat er við áttum mælt);
    eiga skilit, to have stipulated;
    7) to have to (skal Þ. eigi at því eiga at spotta);
    eiga hendr sínar it verja, to have to act in self-defence;
    eiga um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait;
    8) eiga e-m e-t, to owe to one (mun æ, hvat þú átt þeim er veitir);
    þat muntu ætla, at ek mun eiga hinn bleika uxann, that the fawn-coloured ox means me;
    10) with preps.:
    eiga e-t at e-m, to have something due from one, to expect from one (þat vil ek eiga at þér, at þú segir mér frá ferð þinni);
    to deserve from one (ok á ek annat at þér);
    þeir er mikit þóttust at sér eiga, had much in their power;
    eiga e-t eptir, to have to do yet, to have left undone (þat áttu eptir, er erfiðast er, en þat er at deyja);
    to leave behind one (andaðist ok átti eptir tvá sonu vaxna);
    eiga e-t saman, to own in common;
    eiga skap saman, to agree well, be of one mind;
    eigi veit ek, hvárt við eigum heill saman, whether we shall live happy together;
    eiga saman, to quarrel, = eiga deild saman;
    eiga um við e-n, to have to deal with (við brögðótta áttu nú um);
    þar sem við vini mína er um at eiga, where my friends are concerned;
    eiga e-t undir e-m, to have in another’s hands;
    Njáll átti mikit fé undir Starkaði ok í Sandgili, N. had much money out at interest with St. and at Sandgil, er sá eigi vel staddr, er líf sitt á undir þinum trúnaði, whose life depends on thy good faith;
    eiga mikit (lítit) undir sér, to have much (little) in one’s power;
    far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, that the whole matter rests in thy own hands;
    hann sá, at hann átti ekki undir sér, that he had no influence;
    eiga við e-n, to have to do with, fight with (brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar ekki við sinn maka);
    ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me;
    eiga gott (illt) við e-n, to be on good (bad) terms with one;
    eiga við konu, to have intercourse with, = eiga lag (samræði) við konu;
    recipr., eigast við, to deal with one another; fight, quarrel;
    eigast við deildir, to be engaged in strife;
    áttust þeir höggvaskipti við, they exchanged blows with one another.
    f.
    kasta sinni eigu, leggja sína eigu, í e-t, to take possession of;
    * * *
    pret. átti; pret. subj. ætti, pres. eigi; pres. ind. á, 2nd pers. átt (irreg. eigr, Dipl. v. 24), pl. eigum, 3rd pers. pl. old form eigu, mod. eiga; imperat. eig and eigðu; sup. átt; with suffixed neg. pres. ind. 1st pers. á’k-at, 2nd pers. átt-attu; pret. subj. ættim-a: [Gr. ἔχω; Goth. aigan; A. S. âgan; Hel. êgan; O. H. G. eigan; Swed. äga; Dan. eje; Engl. to owe and own, of which the former etymologically answers to ‘eiga,’ the latter to ‘eigna’]:—to have, possess.
    A. ACT.
    I. denoting ownership, to possess:
    1. in a proper sense; allt þat góz sem þeir eiga eðr eigandi verða, D. N. i. 80; hann eigr hálfa jörðina, Dipl. v. 24; Björn hljóp þá á skútu er hann átti, Eb. 6; Starkaðr átti hest góðan, Nj. 89; þau áttu gnótt í búi, 257; hón á allan arf eptir mik, 3; átti hón auð fjár, Ld. 20; ef annarr maðr ferr með goðorð en sá er á, Grág. i. 159; annat vápnit, ok á þat Þorbjörn, en Þorgautr á þetta, Ísl. ii. 341; eignir þær er faðir hans hafði átt, Eb. 4; í ríki því er Dana konungar höfðu átt þar lengi, Fms. xi. 301, Rb. 494, Eb. 54, 118, 256, 328, Sturl. ii. 60, Eg. 118; e. saman, to own in common, Grág. i. 199; ef tveir menn eigo bú saman, ii. 44; e. skuld (at e-m), to be in debt, Engl. to owe; en ef hann átti engar skuldir, if he owed no debts, i. 128; þar til átti honum ( owed him) meistari Þorgeirr ok þá mörk, D. N. iv. 288 (Fr.); e. fé undir e-m, to be one’s creditor, Nj. 101; in mod. usage, e. fé hjá e-m, or ellipt., e. hjá e-m.
    2. in a special sense;
    α. eiga konu, to have her to wife; hann átti Gró, Eb. 16; hann átti Ynghvildi, 3; Þorgerðr er (acc.) átti Vigfúss, … Geirríðr er (acc.) átti Þórólfr, 18; hann gékk at eiga Þóru, he married Thora, id.; Þuríði hafði hann áðr átta, Thorida had been his first wife, 42; enga vil ek þessa e., I will not marry any of these, Nj. 22; Björn átti þá konu er Valgerðr hét, 213, 257; faðir Hróðnýjar er átti Þorsteinn, Landn. 90; Ásdísi átti síðar Skúli, S. was A.’s second husband, 88; Þorgerðr er átti Önundr sjóni, 89; Vigdís er átti Þorbjörn enn digri, 87; Árnþrúðr er átti Þórir hersir, 66; Húngerð er átti Svertingr, 6l, 86, and in numberless passages: old writers hardly ever say that the wife owns her husband—the passages in Edda 109 (vide elja) and Nj. 52 (til lítils kemr mér at eiga hinn vaskasta mann á Íslandi) are extraordinary—owing to the primitive notion of the husband’s ‘jus possessionis’ (cp. brúðkaup); but in mod. usage ‘eiga’ is used indiscriminately of both wife and husband; Icel. even say, in a recipr. sense, eigast, to own one another, to be married: þau áttust, they married; hann vildi ekki at þau ættist, hann bannaði þeim að eigast, he forbade them to marry:—to the ancients such a phrase was almost unknown, and occurs for the first time in K. Á. 114.
    β. eiga börn, to have children, of both parents; áttu þau Jófriðr tíu börn, J. and her husband had ten bairns, Eg. 708; hann átti dóttur eina er Unnr hét, Nj. 1; þau Þorsteinn ok Unnr áttu son er Steinn hét, Eb. 10, Nj. 91, 257; áttu þau Þórhildr þrjá sonu, 30; e. móður, föður, to have a mother, father, Eb. 98; vænti ek ok, at þú eigir illan föður, id.
    γ. the phrase, e. heima, to have a home; þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk, Nj. 55; því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, þar sem ek á heima út á Íslandi, 275; in mod. usage = to live, abide, in regard to place, cp. the questions put to a stranger, hvað heitir maðrinn? hvar áttu heima? used in a wider sense than búa.
    δ. eiga sér, to have, cp. ‘havde sig’ in Dan. ballads; Höskuldr átti sér dóttur er Hallgerðr hét, Nj. 3; ef hann á sér í vá veru, Hm. 25, (freq. in mod. use.)
    3. without strict notion of possession; e. vini, óvini, to have friends, enemies, Nj. 101; hverja liðveizlu skal ek þar e. er þú ert, what help can I reckon upon from thee? 100; e. ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon, 210; e. til, to have left; ekki eigu it annat til ( there is nothing left for you) nema at biðja postulann. Jóh. 623. 22: in mod. usage e. til means to own, to have left; hann á ekkert til, he is void of means, needy; eiga góða kosti fjár, to be in good circumstances, Ísl. ii. 322; e. vald á e-u, to have within one’s power, Nj. 265; the phrase, e. hlut at e-u, or e. hlut í e-u, to have a share, be concerned with; eptir þat átti hann hlut at við mótstöðumenn Gunnars, 101, 120; þar er þú ættir hlut at, where thou wast concerned, 119; mik uggir at hér muni eigi gæfu-menn hlut í e., 179: hence ellipt., e. í e-u, to be engaged in, chiefly of strife, adversity, or the like; thus, e. í stríði, fátaekt, baráttu, to live, be deep in struggle, want, battle, etc.
    II. denoting duty, right, due, obligation:
    1. to be bound, etc.; þeir menn er fylgð áttu með konungi, the men who owed following to (i. e. were bound to attend) the king’s person, Fms. vii. 240; á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound to see to that, Eg. 318; Tylptar-kviðr átti um at skilja, Eb. 48; þeir spurðu hvárt Njáli þætti nokkut e. at lýsa vígsök Gunnars, Nj. 117; nú áttu, Sigvaldi, now is thy turn, now ought thou, Fms. xi. 109, Fs. 121; menn eigu ( men ought) at spyrja at þingfesti, Grág. i. 19; þá á þann kvið einskis meta, that verdict ought to be void, 59; ef sá maðr á ( owns) fé út hér er ómagann á ( who ought) fram at færa, 270; nú hafa þeir menn jammarga sem þeir eigu, as many as they ought to have, ii. 270; tíunda á maðr fé sitt, … þá á hann þat at tíunda, … þá á hann at gefa sálugjafir, i. 202:—‘eiga’ and ‘skal’ are often in the law used indiscriminately, but properly ‘ought’ states the moral, ‘shall’ the legal obligation,—elska skalt þú föður þinn og móður, þú skalt ekki stela, where ‘átt’ would be misplaced; sometimes it is merely permissive, gefa á maðr vingjafir at sér lifanda, ef hann vill, a man ‘may’ whilst in life bequeath to his friends, if he will, id.; maðr á at gefa barni sínu laungetnu tólf aura, ef hann vill, fyrir ráð skaparfa sinna, en eigi meira nema erfingjar lofi, a man ‘may’ bequeath to the amount of twelve ounces to his illegitimate child without leave of the lawful heir, etc., 203; ef þat á til at vilja, if that is to happen, Fas. i. 11.
    2. denoting claim, right, to own, be entitled to, chiefly in law phrases; e. dóm, sakir, to own the case, i. e. be the lawful prosecutor; ok á sá þeirra sakir, er …, Grág. i. 10; eðr eigu þeir eigi at lögum, or if they be not entitled to it, 94; e. mál á e-m, to have a charge against one, Nj. 105; e. rétt á e-u, to own a right; sá sem rétt á á henni, who has a right to her, K. Á. 16; þeir sögðu at þeim þótti slíkr maðr mikinn rétt á sér e., such a man had a strong personal claim to redress, Nj. 105; hence the phrase, eiga öngan rétt á sér, if one cannot claim redress for personal injury; þá eigu þeir eigi rétt á sér, then they have no claim to redress whatever, Grág. i. 261; e. sök, saka-staði á e-u, to have a charge against; þat er hann átti öngva sök á, Nj. 130; saka-staði þá er hann þótti á eiga, 166; kalla Vermund eigi ( not) eiga at selja sik, said V. had no right to sell them, Eb. 116: hence in mod. usage, eiga denotes what is fit and right, þú átt ekki að göra það, you ought not; eg ætti ekki, I ought not: in old writers eiga is seldom strictly used in this sense, but denotes the legal rather than the moral right.
    β. eiga fé at e-m (mod. e. hjá e-m), to be one’s creditor, Grág. i. 90, 405, Band. 1 C: metaph. to deserve from one, ok áttu annat at mér, Nj. 113; e. gjafir at e-m, 213; in a bad sense, kváðusk mikit e. at Þráni, they had much against Thrain, 138.
    γ. the law phrase, e. útkvæmt, fært, to have the right to return, of a temporary exile, Nj. 251: at hann skyli eigi e. fært út hingat, Grág. i. 119; ok á eigi þingreitt, is not allowed to go to the parliament, ii. 17; e. vígt, Grág., etc.
    III. denoting dealings or transactions between men (in a meeting, fight, trade, or the like), to keep, hold; þætti mér ráðliga at vér ættim einn fimtardóm, Nj. 150; e. orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle, Fms. i. 5, Eg. 7; e. högg við e-n, to exchange blows, 297; e. vápna-viðskipti, id., Fms. ii. 17; eiga handsöl at e-u, to shake hands, make a bargain, x. 248; e. ráð við e-n, to consult, hold a conference with, Nj. 127; e. tal við e-n, to speak, converse with one, 129; e. mál við e-n, id., Grág. i. 10; e. fund, to hold a meeting, Nj. 158; e. þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting, Eg. 271; þetta haust áttu menn rétt (a kind of meeting) fjölmenna, Eb. 106; e. kaupstefnu, to hold a market, exchange, 56; e. féránsdóm, Grág. i. 94; e. gott saman, to live well together, in peace and goodwill, Ld. 38; e. illt við e-n, to deal ill with, quarrel with, Nj. 98; e. búisifjar, q. v., of intercourse with neighbours, Njarð. 366; e. drykkju við e-n, to be one’s ‘cup-mate,’ Eg. 253; e. við e-n, to deal with one; ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me, Nj. 93; gott vilda ek við alla menn e., I would live in goodwill with all, 47; e. við e-n, to fight one; eigum vér ekki við þá elligar (in a hostile sense), else let us not provoke them, 42; eðr hvárt vili it Helgi e. við Lýting einn eðr bræðr hans báða, 154; brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar eigi við sinn maka, Ld. 64; Glúmr kvað hann ekki þurfa at e. við sik, G. said he had no need to meddle with him, Glúm. 338; e. um að vera, to be concerned; ekki er við menn um at e., Nj. 97; þar sem við vini mína er um at e., where my friends are concerned, 52; við færi er þá um at e., ef Kári er einn, there are fewer to deal with, to fight, if K. be alone, 254; við brögðótta áttu nú um, Fms. v. 263; ætla ek at oss mun léttara falla at e. um við Svein einn, iv. 80; Sveinn svarar, at þeir áttu við ofrefli um at e., that they had to deal with odds, 165.
    β. almost as an auxiliary verb; e. skilt (skilit), to have stipulated; hafa gripina svá sem hann átti skill, Fms. vi. 160; þat átta ek skilit við þik, ii. 93; sem Hrani átti skilt, iv. 31; e. mælt, of oral agreement; sem vit áttum mælt með okkr, xi. 40; þá vil ek þat mælt e., 124: in mod. usage e. skilit means to deserve, eg á ekki þetta skilit af hér, etc.
    γ. sometimes used much like geta; við því átti Búi eigi gert, B. could not guard against that, Fms. i. 117, cp. xi. 109:—also, e. bágt, to be in a strait, poor, sickly; e. heimilt, to have at one’s disposal, Eb. 254.
    IV. to have to do; skal Þorleifr eigi ( not) e. at því at spotta, Eb. 224; e. hendr sínar at verja, to have to defend one’s own hands, to act in self-defence, Nj. 47; e. e-m varlaunað, to stand in debt to one, 181; e. um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait, Eb. 108; e. erindi, to have an errand to run, 250; en er þeir áttu um þetta at tala, when they had to talk, were talking, of this, Stj. 391; e. ríkis at gæta, to have the care of the kingdom, Nj. 126; en þó á ek hverki at telja við þik mægðir né frændsemi, i. e. I am no relation to thee, 213; ok ætti þeir við annan at deila fyrst, 111; e. mikið at vinna, to be much engaged, hard at work, 97; e. e-t eptir, to have left a thing undone, 56; e. för, ferð, to have a journey to take, 11, 12; hann átti þar fé at heimta, 261; e. eptir mikit at mæla, 88.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, e. mikit (lítið) ‘at’ ser, or ‘undir’ sér, to have much (or little) in one’s power; margir menn, þeir er mikit þóttusk at sér e., Sturl. i. 64; far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, go with many men, so that thou hast the whole matter in thy hands, Ld. 250; en ávalt átta ek nokkuð undir mér, Vígl. 33; kann vera at hann eigi mikit undir sér, Fas. i. 37; eigum heldr undir oss ( better keep it in our own hands), en ganga í greipar þeim mæðginum, Fs. 37; sem þeir, er ekki eigu undir sér, who are helpless and weak, Þorst. St. 55; e. þykisk hann nokkut undir sér, i. e. he bears himself very proudly, Grett. 122; þetta ráð vil ek undir sonum mínum e., I will leave the matter in my sons’ hands, Valla L. 202; e. líf sitt undir e-m, to have one’s life in another’s hands, Grett. 154; mun ek nú senda eptir mönnum, ok e. eigi undir ójöfnuði hans, and trust him not, 110: hence in mod. usage, e. undir e-u, to risk; eg þori ekki að e. undir því, I dare not risk it: e. saman, to have or own in common; the saying, það á ekki saman nema nafnið, it has nothing but the name in common; rautt gull ok bleikt gull á ekki saman nema nafn eitt, Fms. v. 346: the proverb, þeygi á saman gamalt og ungt, Úlf. 3. 44; e. skap saman, to agree well; kemr þú þér því vel við Hallgerði, at it eigit meir skap saman, you are quite of one mind, Nj. 66; eigi veit ek hvárt við eigum heill saman, I know not whether we shall have luck, i. e. whether we shall live happy, together, 3.
    β. to deal with one another (sam-eign); er vér skulum svá miklu úgæfu saman e., that we are to have so much mischief between us, Nj. 201; e. e-t yfir höfði, to have a thing hanging over one’s head, Sks. 742.
    V. to agree with, to fit, to suit one:
    1. with acc., það á ekki við mig, it suits me not, it agrees not with me.
    2. with dat., medic. to agree, heal, the sickness in dat., thus the proverb, margt á við mörgu, cp. ‘similia similibus curantur,’ Vidal. ii. 109.
    3. absol. to apply to; at hann skyldi eigi trúa lágum manni rauðskeggjuðum, því at meistarinn átti þetta, the description suited to the master, Fms. xi. 433; þat muntu ætla, at ek muna e. hinn bleika uxann, that the dun ox means me, Vápn. 21.
    B. REFLEX., in a reciprocal sense, in the phrase, eigask við, to deal with one another, chiefly to fight; en er þeir höfðu langa hríð við átzk, when they had fought a long time, Eb. 238, 74; eigask við deildir, to be engaged in strife, 246; áttusk þeir höggva-viðskipti við, they came to a close fight, Fms. i. 38; áttusk þeir fá högg við, áðr …, they had a short fight before …, Eg. 297; fátt áttusk þeir við Þjóstólfr ok Þorvaldr, Thostolf and Thorwald had little to do with one another, kept aloof from each other, Nj. 18; var nú kyrt þann dag, svá at þeir áttusk ekki við, tbat day passed quietly, so that they came not to a quarrel, 222.
    β. to marry, vide above (A. I. 2).

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EIGA

  • 17 expresión

    f.
    1 expression, look, facial expression, gesture.
    2 expression, saying, articulation, utterance.
    * * *
    1 expression
    1 greetings, regards
    \
    perdone la expresión pardon the expression
    reducir algo a la mínima expresión to reduce something to the bare minimum
    expresión corporal free expression
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=acto) expression
    2) (Ling) expression

    expresión familiar — colloquialism, conversational o colloquial expression

    3) pl expresiones †† (=saludos) greetings, regards
    * * *
    a) ( palabra) term; ( frase) expression
    b) (de sentimiento, idea) expression
    c) (de la cara, los ojos) expression
    d) (Mat) expression

    quedó reducido a la mínima expresión — it shrank to almost nothing

    * * *
    = expression, manifestation, sentence, statement, utterance, phrasing, phrase, locution.
    Ex. The first two steps require the recognition of the individual concepts present in the topic, and their expression in the terms available in the controlled vocabulary.
    Ex. The concepts introduced by the colon: (colon) may be manifestations of either Personality, Matter or Energy facets within a given compound.
    Ex. The title-like phrase combine concepts in the order in which they would be listed in a sentence or phrase.
    Ex. Statements conveying preferential relationships between terms indicate which terms are to be treated as equivalent to one another.
    Ex. One natural strategy for reducing the impact of miscommunication is selective verification of the user utterance meanings.
    Ex. Round-the-fireside tales are usually told nevertheless with careful attention to rhythm and phrasing, pace and subtlety of vocal tone.
    Ex. Indicative abstracts abound in phrases such as 'is discussed' or 'has been surveyed', but do not record the outcome of the discussion or survey.
    Ex. While we're at it, let's get rid of locutions that imply that men are inherently better than women.
    ----
    * acuñar una expresión = coin + phrase.
    * derecho a la libertad de expresión = right to free speech, right of free speech.
    * encontrar expresión = find + expression.
    * expresión científica = scientific locution.
    * expresión cotidiana = everyday locution.
    * expresión de búsqueda = access vector, search expression.
    * expresión de interés = application.
    * expresión de lo que uno piensa = self-disclosure.
    * expresión en blanco = blank expression, blank look.
    * expresión facial = facial expression, facial posture.
    * expresión favorita = catchphrase.
    * expresión idiomática = idiom.
    * expresión libre = free speech.
    * expresión preferida = catchphrase.
    * expresión puente = transitional phrase.
    * expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.
    * expresión típica del Canadá = Canadianism.
    * forma de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.
    * libertad de expresión = freedom of expression, freedom to speak, freedom of speech, free speech.
    * modo de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.
    * * *
    a) ( palabra) term; ( frase) expression
    b) (de sentimiento, idea) expression
    c) (de la cara, los ojos) expression
    d) (Mat) expression

    quedó reducido a la mínima expresión — it shrank to almost nothing

    * * *
    = expression, manifestation, sentence, statement, utterance, phrasing, phrase, locution.

    Ex: The first two steps require the recognition of the individual concepts present in the topic, and their expression in the terms available in the controlled vocabulary.

    Ex: The concepts introduced by the colon: (colon) may be manifestations of either Personality, Matter or Energy facets within a given compound.
    Ex: The title-like phrase combine concepts in the order in which they would be listed in a sentence or phrase.
    Ex: Statements conveying preferential relationships between terms indicate which terms are to be treated as equivalent to one another.
    Ex: One natural strategy for reducing the impact of miscommunication is selective verification of the user utterance meanings.
    Ex: Round-the-fireside tales are usually told nevertheless with careful attention to rhythm and phrasing, pace and subtlety of vocal tone.
    Ex: Indicative abstracts abound in phrases such as 'is discussed' or 'has been surveyed', but do not record the outcome of the discussion or survey.
    Ex: While we're at it, let's get rid of locutions that imply that men are inherently better than women.
    * acuñar una expresión = coin + phrase.
    * derecho a la libertad de expresión = right to free speech, right of free speech.
    * encontrar expresión = find + expression.
    * expresión científica = scientific locution.
    * expresión cotidiana = everyday locution.
    * expresión de búsqueda = access vector, search expression.
    * expresión de interés = application.
    * expresión de lo que uno piensa = self-disclosure.
    * expresión en blanco = blank expression, blank look.
    * expresión facial = facial expression, facial posture.
    * expresión favorita = catchphrase.
    * expresión idiomática = idiom.
    * expresión libre = free speech.
    * expresión preferida = catchphrase.
    * expresión puente = transitional phrase.
    * expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.
    * expresión típica del Canadá = Canadianism.
    * forma de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.
    * libertad de expresión = freedom of expression, freedom to speak, freedom of speech, free speech.
    * modo de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.

    * * *
    1 (palabra) term; (frase) expression
    una expresión de uso corriente a common expression/term
    2 (de un sentimiento, idea) expression
    como expresión de mi agradecimiento as an expression o a token of my gratitude
    se agradecen las expresiones de condolencia recibidas we are grateful for all your expressions o messages of sympathy
    3 (de la cara, los ojos) expression
    4 ( Mat) expression
    la mínima expresión: el vestido encogió y quedó reducido a la mínima expresión the dress shrank to almost nothing
    me sirvieron la mínima expresión de tarta they gave me the smallest piece of cake imaginable
    Compuestos:
    movement, self-expression through movement
    idiomatic expression
    * * *

     

    expresión sustantivo femenino
    expression
    expresión sustantivo femenino expression
    ' expresión' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acuñar
    - cara
    - ciudad
    - corporal
    - denotar
    - facilidad
    - florida
    - florido
    - giro
    - grosería
    - que
    - rictus
    - tecnicismo
    - telefonear
    - vulgarismo
    - ademán
    - adusto
    - ausente
    - cliché
    - crispar
    - descompuesto
    - en
    - familiar
    - fluidez
    - fórmula
    - gesto
    - gracia
    - grave
    - impenetrable
    - libertad
    - manifestación
    - permitir
    - risueño
    - sereno
    - sonar
    - sonriente
    - tópico
    - triste
    - vacilante
    - vaguedad
    English:
    aback
    - bear
    - blank
    - colloquialism
    - expression
    - face
    - freedom
    - injured
    - intent
    - resist
    - set off
    - speech
    - stony-faced
    - turn
    - delivery
    - endearment
    - free
    - injure
    - sneer
    * * *
    1. [en el rostro] expression
    2. [de sentimientos, palabras] expression;
    tiene facilidad de expresión she is very articulate;
    tómenlo como expresión de nuestro agradecimiento please accept it as a token of our gratitude
    expresión corporal self-expression through movement;
    expresión escrita writing skills;
    expresión oral oral skills
    3. [palabra, locución] expression
    4. Mat expression
    * * *
    f expression
    * * *
    expresión nf, pl - siones : expression
    * * *
    expresión n expression

    Spanish-English dictionary > expresión

  • 18 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    ► a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

  • 19 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 20 BEIN

    * * *
    n.
    1) bone; láta með beini ganga, to deal blows to the very bone, give no quarter; hafa bein í hendi, to be well off;
    2) leg, = fótleggr;
    3) pl. mortal remains; bera bein or beinin, to be buried (hér mun ek bein bera á Íslandi).
    * * *
    n. a word common to the Teut. idioms and peculiar to them; [the Goth. word is not on record, as Luke xxiv. 39 and John xix. 36 are lost in Ulf.; A. S. bân; Engl. bone; Germ. bein; Swed.-Dan. ben (been). Sansk., Gr., Lat., and the Slav. languages agree in a totally different root; Sansk. asthi; Gr. οστέον; Lat. os; the Slav. branch all with an initial c, cp. the Lat. costa. Vide Grimm (s. v.), who suggests a relation to Gr. βαίνω; but the native Icel. words beinn, rectus, and beina, promovere, are more likely roots; the original sense might thus be crus, Gr. σκέλος, but Lat. os the secondary one]:— a bone.
    I. spec. the leg from the knee to the foot; freq. in Swed. and Dan., but very rare and nearly obsolete in Icel., where leggr is the common word; hosa strengd at beini, Eg. 602, Fms. x. 331; kálfar á beinum fram, N. G. L. i. 339.
    II. gener. = Lat. os, a bone, but originally the bones with marrow (Germ. knochen), as may be inferred from the passages, þá er mergund ef b. er í sundr til mergjar, þat er mergr er í, Grág. ii. 11, i. 442, Fms. vii. 118, Vápn. 21, Fas. i. 66, Vígl. 20; stór bein í andliti, with a strongly-marked, high-boned face, Band. 7, whence stórbeinóttr, q. v.; viðbeina, a collar-bone; höfuðbein, pl. head-bones, the scull around the temples and the forehead; er gamlir grísir skyldu halda mér at höfuðbeinum, Grett. (in a verse); strjúka höfuðbeinin; málbein, os loquendi, a small bone in the head; hence the phrase, láta málbeinið ganga, of one talking incessantly and foolishly: metaph. in phrases, láta ganga með beini, to deal blows to the very marrow, deal severely, Ld. 230; hafa bein í hendi (the Danes say, have been i næsen), to have a boned hand, i. e. strength and power, Hrafn. 10, Al. 29.
    2. pl. relics, remains (ashes); the phrase, bera bein, to repose, rest, be buried; far þú út til Íslands, þar mun þér auðit verða beinin at bera, Grett. 148, Nj. 201; ok iðrast nú að aptr hvarf að bera b. blá við hrjóstr, Bjarni, 57:—of the relics of saints, Bs. 468, 469; hence beina-færsla, u, f. removal of bones (translatio); in the Catholic age, when churches were removed, the churchyard was dug up and the bones removed also, vide Eb. (in fine), Bjarn. 19, K. Þ. K. 40, Eg. (in fine).
    COMPDS: beinavatn, beinagrind, beináta, beinbrot, beinkröm, beinkveisa, beinsullr, beinverkir.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BEIN

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • common — adj. 1 happening/found often VERBS ▪ be, seem ▪ become ▪ remain ADVERB ▪ extremely, fairly …   Collocations dictionary

  • phrase — phrase, idiom, expression, locution mean a group of words which, taken together, express a notion and may be used as a part of a sentence. Phrase may apply to a group of words which for one reason or another recurs frequently (as in the language… …   New Dictionary of Synonyms

  • common — adj 1 *universal, general, generic Analogous words: shared, partaken, participated (see SHARE vb): joined or joint, united, conjoined, connected, associated (see corresponding verbs at JOIN): merged, blended, amalgamated (see MIX) Antonyms:… …   New Dictionary of Synonyms

  • Common Era — BCE redirects here. For other uses, see BCE (disambiguation). Era Vulgaris redirects here. For the Queens of the Stone Age album, see Era Vulgaris (album). Common Era (sometimes Current Era[1] or Christian Era[2]), abbreviated as CE, is an… …   Wikipedia

  • Phrase (music) — For other uses, see Phrase (disambiguation). In music and music theory, phrase and phrasing are concepts and practices related to grouping consecutive melodic notes, both in their composition and performance. A musical work is typically made up… …   Wikipedia

  • Common fig — Ficus carica Common Fig Common Fig foliage and fruit Conservation status …   Wikipedia

  • Common sense — This article is about the concept of the phrase. For the American revolutionary war pamphlet by Thomas Paine, see Common Sense (pamphlet). For other uses, see Common sense (disambiguation). Common sense is defined by Merriam Webster as, sound and …   Wikipedia

  • common — [[t]kɒ̱mən[/t]] ♦ commoner, commonest, commons 1) ADJ GRADED If something is common, it is found in large numbers or it happens often. His name was Hansen, a common name in Norway... Oil pollution is the commonest cause of death for seabirds...… …   English dictionary

  • Common-cause and special-cause — Type of variation Synonyms Common cause Chance cause Non assignable cause Noise Natural pattern Special cause Assignable cause Signal Unnatural pattern Common and special causes are the two distinct origins of variation in a process, as defined… …   Wikipedia

  • Common European Home — The Common European Home was a concept created and espoused by former Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev. The concept has some antecedents in Brezhnev s foreign policy, who used the phrase during a visit to Bonn in 1981. However, at this time it… …   Wikipedia

  • phrase — {{Roman}}I.{{/Roman}} noun ADJECTIVE ▪ colloquial, idiomatic ▪ key ▪ ‘Start slowly’ is the key phrase for the first time marathon runner. ▪ common, familiar …   Collocations dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»